/ Check-in [706b41b7]
Login

Many hyperlinks are disabled.
Use anonymous login to enable hyperlinks.

Overview
Comment:Registerification of the VDBE is complete. The operand stack has been removed from the code. All instructions operate out of registers only. (CVS 4718)
Downloads: Tarball | ZIP archive | SQL archive
Timelines: family | ancestors | descendants | both | trunk
Files: files | file ages | folders
SHA1: 706b41b70bd1e2030e6fa44358c38a26c5cf0985
User & Date: drh 2008-01-17 16:22:14
Context
2008-01-17
17:15
Reuse registers better in the inner loop of a SELECT statement. (CVS 4719) check-in: 5ba4e5ad user: drh tags: trunk
16:22
Registerification of the VDBE is complete. The operand stack has been removed from the code. All instructions operate out of registers only. (CVS 4718) check-in: 706b41b7 user: drh tags: trunk
02:36
Registerification of the WHERE clause logic. (CVS 4717) check-in: 5581160f user: drh tags: trunk
Changes
Hide Diffs Unified Diffs Show Whitespace Changes Patch

Changes to mkopcodeh.awk.

47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
..
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
...
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142

143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
# Scan for "case OP_aaaa:" lines in the vdbe.c file
/^case OP_/ {
  name = $2
  sub(/:/,"",name)
  sub("\r","",name)
  op[name] = -1
  jump[name] = 0
  nopush[name] = 0
  out2_prerelease[name] = 0
  in1[name] = 0
  in2[name] = 0
  in3[name] = 0
  out2[name] = 0
  out3[name] = 0
  for(i=3; i<NF; i++){
................................................................................
      sub(/,/,"",sym)
      op[name] = tk[sym]
      used[op[name]] = 1
      sameas[op[name]] = sym
    }
    x = $i
    sub(",","",x)
    if(x=="no-push"){
      nopush[name] = 1
    }else if(x=="jump"){
      jump[name] = 1
    }else if(x=="out2-prerelease"){
      out2_prerelease[name] = 1
    }else if(x=="in1"){
      in1[name] = 1
    }else if(x=="in2"){
      in2[name] = 1
................................................................................
  #  bit 1:     pushes a result onto stack
  #  bit 2:     output to p1.  release p1 before opcode runs
  #
  for(i=0; i<=max; i++) bv[i] = 0;
  for(name in op){
    x = op[name]
    a0 = a1 = a2 = a3 = a4 = a5 = a6 = a7 = 0
    a8 = a9 = a10 = a11 = a12 = a13 = a14 = a15 = 0
    if( jump[name] ) a0 = 1;
    if( nopush[name]==0 ) a1 = 2;
    if( out2_prerelease[name] ) a2 = 4;
    if( in1[name] ) a3 = 8;
    if( in2[name] ) a4 = 16;
    if( in3[name] ) a5 = 32;
    if( out2[name] ) a6 = 64;
    if( out3[name] ) a7 = 128;
    bv[x] = a0+a1+a2+a3+a4+a5+a6+a7+a8+a9+a10+a11+a12+a13+a14+a15;

  }
  print "\n"
  print "/* Properties such as \"out2\" or \"jump\" that are specified in"
  print "** comments following the \"case\" for each opcode in the vdbe.c"
  print "** are encoded into bitvectors as follows:"
  print "*/"
  print "#define OPFLG_JUMP            0x0001  /* jump:  P2 holds jmp target */"
  print "#define OPFLG_PUSH            0x0002  /* ~no-push:  Does not push */"
  print "#define OPFLG_OUT2_PRERELEASE 0x0004  /* out2-prerelease: */"
  print "#define OPFLG_IN1             0x0008  /* in1:   P1 is an input */"
  print "#define OPFLG_IN2             0x0010  /* in2:   P2 is an input */"
  print "#define OPFLG_IN3             0x0020  /* in3:   P3 is an input */"
  print "#define OPFLG_OUT2            0x0040  /* out2:  P2 is an output */"
  print "#define OPFLG_OUT3            0x0080  /* out3:  P3 is an output */"
  print "#define OPFLG_INITIALIZER {\\"
  for(i=0; i<=max; i++){
    if( i%8==0 ) printf("/* %3d */",i)
    printf " 0x%04x,", bv[i]
    if( i%8==7 ) printf("\\\n");
  }
  print "}"
}







<







 







<
<
|







 







|

<
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
>







<
|
|
|
|
|
|



|




47
48
49
50
51
52
53

54
55
56
57
58
59
60
..
63
64
65
66
67
68
69


70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
...
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131

132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146

147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
# Scan for "case OP_aaaa:" lines in the vdbe.c file
/^case OP_/ {
  name = $2
  sub(/:/,"",name)
  sub("\r","",name)
  op[name] = -1
  jump[name] = 0

  out2_prerelease[name] = 0
  in1[name] = 0
  in2[name] = 0
  in3[name] = 0
  out2[name] = 0
  out3[name] = 0
  for(i=3; i<NF; i++){
................................................................................
      sub(/,/,"",sym)
      op[name] = tk[sym]
      used[op[name]] = 1
      sameas[op[name]] = sym
    }
    x = $i
    sub(",","",x)


    if(x=="jump"){
      jump[name] = 1
    }else if(x=="out2-prerelease"){
      out2_prerelease[name] = 1
    }else if(x=="in1"){
      in1[name] = 1
    }else if(x=="in2"){
      in2[name] = 1
................................................................................
  #  bit 1:     pushes a result onto stack
  #  bit 2:     output to p1.  release p1 before opcode runs
  #
  for(i=0; i<=max; i++) bv[i] = 0;
  for(name in op){
    x = op[name]
    a0 = a1 = a2 = a3 = a4 = a5 = a6 = a7 = 0
    # a8 = a9 = a10 = a11 = a12 = a13 = a14 = a15 = 0
    if( jump[name] ) a0 = 1;

    if( out2_prerelease[name] ) a1 = 2;
    if( in1[name] ) a2 = 4;
    if( in2[name] ) a3 = 8;
    if( in3[name] ) a4 = 16;
    if( out2[name] ) a5 = 32;
    if( out3[name] ) a6 = 64;
    # bv[x] = a0+a1+a2+a3+a4+a5+a6+a7+a8+a9+a10+a11+a12+a13+a14+a15;
    bv[x] = a0+a1+a2+a3+a4+a5+a6;
  }
  print "\n"
  print "/* Properties such as \"out2\" or \"jump\" that are specified in"
  print "** comments following the \"case\" for each opcode in the vdbe.c"
  print "** are encoded into bitvectors as follows:"
  print "*/"
  print "#define OPFLG_JUMP            0x0001  /* jump:  P2 holds jmp target */"

  print "#define OPFLG_OUT2_PRERELEASE 0x0002  /* out2-prerelease: */"
  print "#define OPFLG_IN1             0x0004  /* in1:   P1 is an input */"
  print "#define OPFLG_IN2             0x0008  /* in2:   P2 is an input */"
  print "#define OPFLG_IN3             0x0010  /* in3:   P3 is an input */"
  print "#define OPFLG_OUT2            0x0020  /* out2:  P2 is an output */"
  print "#define OPFLG_OUT3            0x0040  /* out3:  P3 is an output */"
  print "#define OPFLG_INITIALIZER {\\"
  for(i=0; i<=max; i++){
    if( i%8==0 ) printf("/* %3d */",i)
    printf " 0x%02x,", bv[i]
    if( i%8==7 ) printf("\\\n");
  }
  print "}"
}

Changes to src/alter.c.

8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
...
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
...
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains C code routines that used to generate VDBE code
** that implements the ALTER TABLE command.
**
** $Id: alter.c,v 1.39 2008/01/04 22:01:03 drh Exp $
*/
#include "sqliteInt.h"
#include <ctype.h>

/*
** The code in this file only exists if we are not omitting the
** ALTER TABLE logic from the build.
................................................................................
  ** table.
  */
  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
  if( v==0 ){
    goto exit_rename_table;
  }
  sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, isVirtualRename, iDb);
  sqlite3ChangeCookie(db, v, iDb);

  /* If this is a virtual table, invoke the xRename() function if
  ** one is defined. The xRename() callback will modify the names
  ** of any resources used by the v-table implementation (including other
  ** SQLite tables) that are identified by the name of the virtual table.
  */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
................................................................................
  pNew->addColOffset = pTab->addColOffset;
  pNew->nRef = 1;

  /* Begin a transaction and increment the schema cookie.  */
  sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
  if( !v ) goto exit_begin_add_column;
  sqlite3ChangeCookie(db, v, iDb);

exit_begin_add_column:
  sqlite3SrcListDelete(pSrc);
  return;
}
#endif  /* SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE */







|







 







|







 







|






8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
...
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
...
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains C code routines that used to generate VDBE code
** that implements the ALTER TABLE command.
**
** $Id: alter.c,v 1.40 2008/01/17 16:22:15 drh Exp $
*/
#include "sqliteInt.h"
#include <ctype.h>

/*
** The code in this file only exists if we are not omitting the
** ALTER TABLE logic from the build.
................................................................................
  ** table.
  */
  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
  if( v==0 ){
    goto exit_rename_table;
  }
  sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, isVirtualRename, iDb);
  sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);

  /* If this is a virtual table, invoke the xRename() function if
  ** one is defined. The xRename() callback will modify the names
  ** of any resources used by the v-table implementation (including other
  ** SQLite tables) that are identified by the name of the virtual table.
  */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
................................................................................
  pNew->addColOffset = pTab->addColOffset;
  pNew->nRef = 1;

  /* Begin a transaction and increment the schema cookie.  */
  sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
  if( !v ) goto exit_begin_add_column;
  sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);

exit_begin_add_column:
  sqlite3SrcListDelete(pSrc);
  return;
}
#endif  /* SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE */

Changes to src/attach.c.

7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
...
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains code used to implement the ATTACH and DETACH commands.
**
** $Id: attach.c,v 1.68 2008/01/12 19:03:49 drh Exp $
*/
#include "sqliteInt.h"

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH
/*
** Resolve an expression that was part of an ATTACH or DETACH statement. This
** is slightly different from resolving a normal SQL expression, because simple
................................................................................
      SQLITE_OK!=(rc = resolveAttachExpr(&sName, pKey))
  ){
    pParse->nErr++;
    goto attach_end;
  }

  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
  regArgs = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nFunc);
  sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pFilename, regArgs);
  sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pDbname, regArgs+1);
  sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pKey, regArgs+2);

  assert( v || db->mallocFailed );
  if( v ){
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Function, 0, regArgs+3-nFunc, regArgs);







|







 







|







7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
...
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains code used to implement the ATTACH and DETACH commands.
**
** $Id: attach.c,v 1.69 2008/01/17 16:22:15 drh Exp $
*/
#include "sqliteInt.h"

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH
/*
** Resolve an expression that was part of an ATTACH or DETACH statement. This
** is slightly different from resolving a normal SQL expression, because simple
................................................................................
      SQLITE_OK!=(rc = resolveAttachExpr(&sName, pKey))
  ){
    pParse->nErr++;
    goto attach_end;
  }

  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
  regArgs = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, 3);
  sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pFilename, regArgs);
  sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pDbname, regArgs+1);
  sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pKey, regArgs+2);

  assert( v || db->mallocFailed );
  if( v ){
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Function, 0, regArgs+3-nFunc, regArgs);

Changes to src/build.c.

18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
....
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280



1281
1282

1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
....
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
....
2062
2063
2064
2065
2066
2067
2068
2069
2070
2071
2072
2073
2074
2075
2076
....
2684
2685
2686
2687
2688
2689
2690
2691
2692
2693
2694
2695
2696
2697
2698
....
2836
2837
2838
2839
2840
2841
2842
2843
2844
2845
2846
2847
2848
2849
2850
**     CREATE INDEX
**     DROP INDEX
**     creating ID lists
**     BEGIN TRANSACTION
**     COMMIT
**     ROLLBACK
**
** $Id: build.c,v 1.466 2008/01/17 02:36:28 drh Exp $
*/
#include "sqliteInt.h"
#include <ctype.h>

/*
** This routine is called when a new SQL statement is beginning to
** be parsed.  Initialize the pParse structure as needed.
................................................................................
**
** This plan is not completely bullet-proof.  It is possible for
** the schema to change multiple times and for the cookie to be
** set back to prior value.  But schema changes are infrequent
** and the probability of hitting the same cookie value is only
** 1 chance in 2^32.  So we're safe enough.
*/
void sqlite3ChangeCookie(sqlite3 *db, Vdbe *v, int iDb){



  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->schema_cookie+1, 0);
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, 0);

}

/*
** Measure the number of characters needed to output the given
** identifier.  The number returned includes any quotes used
** but does not include the null terminator.
**
................................................................................
      p->zName,
      p->zName,
      pParse->regRoot,
      zStmt,
      pParse->regRowid
    );
    sqlite3_free(zStmt);
    sqlite3ChangeCookie(db, v, iDb);

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
    /* Check to see if we need to create an sqlite_sequence table for
    ** keeping track of autoincrement keys.
    */
    if( p->autoInc ){
      Db *pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
................................................................................
    /* Remove the table entry from SQLite's internal schema and modify
    ** the schema cookie.
    */
    if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VDestroy, iDb, 0, 0, pTab->zName, 0);
    }
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropTable, iDb, 0, 0, pTab->zName, 0);
    sqlite3ChangeCookie(db, v, iDb);
  }
  sqliteViewResetAll(db, iDb);

exit_drop_table:
  sqlite3SrcListDelete(pName);
}

................................................................................
    sqlite3_free(zStmt);

    /* Fill the index with data and reparse the schema. Code an OP_Expire
    ** to invalidate all pre-compiled statements.
    */
    if( pTblName ){
      sqlite3RefillIndex(pParse, pIndex, iMem);
      sqlite3ChangeCookie(db, v, iDb);
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_ParseSchema, iDb, 0, 0,
         sqlite3MPrintf(db, "name='%q'", pIndex->zName), P4_DYNAMIC);
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Expire, 0);
    }
  }

  /* When adding an index to the list of indices for a table, make
................................................................................
  if( v ){
    sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb);
    sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
       "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE name=%Q",
       db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb),
       pIndex->zName
    );
    sqlite3ChangeCookie(db, v, iDb);
    destroyRootPage(pParse, pIndex->tnum, iDb);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropIndex, iDb, 0, 0, pIndex->zName, 0);
  }

exit_drop_index:
  sqlite3SrcListDelete(pName);
}







|







 







|
>
>
>
|
|
>







 







|







 







|







 







|







 







|







18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
....
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
....
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
....
2066
2067
2068
2069
2070
2071
2072
2073
2074
2075
2076
2077
2078
2079
2080
....
2688
2689
2690
2691
2692
2693
2694
2695
2696
2697
2698
2699
2700
2701
2702
....
2840
2841
2842
2843
2844
2845
2846
2847
2848
2849
2850
2851
2852
2853
2854
**     CREATE INDEX
**     DROP INDEX
**     creating ID lists
**     BEGIN TRANSACTION
**     COMMIT
**     ROLLBACK
**
** $Id: build.c,v 1.467 2008/01/17 16:22:15 drh Exp $
*/
#include "sqliteInt.h"
#include <ctype.h>

/*
** This routine is called when a new SQL statement is beginning to
** be parsed.  Initialize the pParse structure as needed.
................................................................................
**
** This plan is not completely bullet-proof.  It is possible for
** the schema to change multiple times and for the cookie to be
** set back to prior value.  But schema changes are infrequent
** and the probability of hitting the same cookie value is only
** 1 chance in 2^32.  So we're safe enough.
*/
void sqlite3ChangeCookie(Parse *pParse, int iDb){
  int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->schema_cookie+1, r1);
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, 0, r1);
  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
}

/*
** Measure the number of characters needed to output the given
** identifier.  The number returned includes any quotes used
** but does not include the null terminator.
**
................................................................................
      p->zName,
      p->zName,
      pParse->regRoot,
      zStmt,
      pParse->regRowid
    );
    sqlite3_free(zStmt);
    sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
    /* Check to see if we need to create an sqlite_sequence table for
    ** keeping track of autoincrement keys.
    */
    if( p->autoInc ){
      Db *pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
................................................................................
    /* Remove the table entry from SQLite's internal schema and modify
    ** the schema cookie.
    */
    if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VDestroy, iDb, 0, 0, pTab->zName, 0);
    }
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropTable, iDb, 0, 0, pTab->zName, 0);
    sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
  }
  sqliteViewResetAll(db, iDb);

exit_drop_table:
  sqlite3SrcListDelete(pName);
}

................................................................................
    sqlite3_free(zStmt);

    /* Fill the index with data and reparse the schema. Code an OP_Expire
    ** to invalidate all pre-compiled statements.
    */
    if( pTblName ){
      sqlite3RefillIndex(pParse, pIndex, iMem);
      sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_ParseSchema, iDb, 0, 0,
         sqlite3MPrintf(db, "name='%q'", pIndex->zName), P4_DYNAMIC);
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Expire, 0);
    }
  }

  /* When adding an index to the list of indices for a table, make
................................................................................
  if( v ){
    sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb);
    sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
       "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE name=%Q",
       db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb),
       pIndex->zName
    );
    sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
    destroyRootPage(pParse, pIndex->tnum, iDb);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropIndex, iDb, 0, 0, pIndex->zName, 0);
  }

exit_drop_index:
  sqlite3SrcListDelete(pName);
}

Changes to src/delete.c.

8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
...
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
...
454
455
456
457
458
459
460

461

462
463
464
465
466

467
468
469
470
471
472
473
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser
** in order to generate code for DELETE FROM statements.
**
** $Id: delete.c,v 1.158 2008/01/17 02:36:28 drh Exp $
*/
#include "sqliteInt.h"

/*
** Look up every table that is named in pSrc.  If any table is not found,
** add an error message to pParse->zErrMsg and return NULL.  If all tables
** are found, return a pointer to the last table.
................................................................................
    /* This is the beginning of the delete loop. If a trigger encounters
    ** an IGNORE constraint, it jumps back to here.
    */
    if( triggers_exist ){
      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addr);
    }
    addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FifoRead, iRowid, end);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_StackDepth, -1);

    if( triggers_exist ){
      int iData = ++pParse->nMem;   /* For storing row data of OLD table */

      /* If the record is no longer present in the table, jump to the
      ** next iteration of the loop through the contents of the fifo.
      */
................................................................................
  Parse *pParse,     /* Parsing and code generating context */
  Table *pTab,       /* Table containing the row to be deleted */
  int iCur,          /* Cursor number for the table */
  int *aRegIdx       /* Only delete if aRegIdx!=0 && aRegIdx[i]>0 */
){
  int i;
  Index *pIdx;



  for(i=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; i++, pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
    if( aRegIdx!=0 && aRegIdx[i-1]==0 ) continue;
    sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(pParse, pIdx, iCur, 0);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(pParse->pVdbe, OP_IdxDelete, iCur+i, 0);
  }

}

/*
** Generate code that will assemble an index key and put it on the top
** of the tack.  The key with be for index pIdx which is an index on pTab.
** iCur is the index of a cursor open on the pTab table and pointing to
** the entry that needs indexing.







|







 







<







 







>

>


|
|

>







8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
...
313
314
315
316
317
318
319

320
321
322
323
324
325
326
...
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser
** in order to generate code for DELETE FROM statements.
**
** $Id: delete.c,v 1.159 2008/01/17 16:22:15 drh Exp $
*/
#include "sqliteInt.h"

/*
** Look up every table that is named in pSrc.  If any table is not found,
** add an error message to pParse->zErrMsg and return NULL.  If all tables
** are found, return a pointer to the last table.
................................................................................
    /* This is the beginning of the delete loop. If a trigger encounters
    ** an IGNORE constraint, it jumps back to here.
    */
    if( triggers_exist ){
      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addr);
    }
    addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FifoRead, iRowid, end);


    if( triggers_exist ){
      int iData = ++pParse->nMem;   /* For storing row data of OLD table */

      /* If the record is no longer present in the table, jump to the
      ** next iteration of the loop through the contents of the fifo.
      */
................................................................................
  Parse *pParse,     /* Parsing and code generating context */
  Table *pTab,       /* Table containing the row to be deleted */
  int iCur,          /* Cursor number for the table */
  int *aRegIdx       /* Only delete if aRegIdx!=0 && aRegIdx[i]>0 */
){
  int i;
  Index *pIdx;
  int r1;

  r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
  for(i=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; i++, pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
    if( aRegIdx!=0 && aRegIdx[i-1]==0 ) continue;
    sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(pParse, pIdx, iCur, r1);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(pParse->pVdbe, OP_IdxDelete, iCur+i, r1);
  }
  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
}

/*
** Generate code that will assemble an index key and put it on the top
** of the tack.  The key with be for index pIdx which is an index on pTab.
** iCur is the index of a cursor open on the pTab table and pointing to
** the entry that needs indexing.

Changes to src/expr.c.

8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
....
1844
1845
1846
1847
1848
1849
1850
1851
1852
1853
1854
1855
1856
1857
1858
....
1866
1867
1868
1869
1870
1871
1872
1873
1874
1875
1876
1877
1878
1879
1880
....
1896
1897
1898
1899
1900
1901
1902
1903
1904
1905
1906
1907
1908
1909
1910
1911
....
1944
1945
1946
1947
1948
1949
1950
1951
1952
1953
1954
1955
1956
1957
1958
....
2413
2414
2415
2416
2417
2418
2419



2420
2421
2422
2423
2424
2425
2426
2427
2428
2429
2430
2431
....
2457
2458
2459
2460
2461
2462
2463
2464
2465
2466
2467
2468
2469
2470
2471
2472
2473
2474
2475
2476
2477
2478
2479
2480
2481
2482
2483
2484
2485
2486
2487
2488
2489
2490
2491
2492
2493
2494
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains routines used for analyzing expressions and
** for generating VDBE code that evaluates expressions in SQLite.
**
** $Id: expr.c,v 1.346 2008/01/17 02:36:28 drh Exp $
*/
#include "sqliteInt.h"
#include <ctype.h>

/*
** Return the 'affinity' of the expression pExpr if any.
**
................................................................................
    memcpy(out, in, 8);
  }
  return out;
}

/*
** Generate an instruction that will put the floating point
** value described by z[0..n-1] on the stack.
**
** The z[] string will probably not be zero-terminated.  But the 
** z[n] character is guaranteed to be something that does not look
** like the continuation of the number.
*/
static void codeReal(Vdbe *v, const char *z, int n, int negateFlag, int iMem){
  assert( z || v==0 || sqlite3VdbeDb(v)->mallocFailed );
................................................................................
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Real, 0, iMem, 0, zV, P4_REAL);
  }
}


/*
** Generate an instruction that will put the integer describe by
** text z[0..n-1] on the stack.
**
** The z[] string will probably not be zero-terminated.  But the 
** z[n] character is guaranteed to be something that does not look
** like the continuation of the number.
*/
static void codeInteger(Vdbe *v, const char *z, int n, int negFlag, int iMem){
  assert( z || v==0 || sqlite3VdbeDb(v)->mallocFailed );
................................................................................
    }
  }
}


/*
** Generate code that will extract the iColumn-th column from
** table pTab and store the column value in register iMem, or on
** the stack if iMem==0.  There is an open cursor to pTab in 
** iTable.  If iColumn<0 then code is generated that extracts the rowid.
*/
void sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(
  Vdbe *v,         /* The VM being created */
  Table *pTab,     /* Description of the table we are reading from */
  int iColumn,     /* Index of the table column */
  int iTable,      /* The cursor pointing to the table */
................................................................................
  int op;                   /* The opcode being coded */
  int inReg = target;       /* Results stored in register inReg */
  int regFree1 = 0;         /* If non-zero free this temporary register */
  int regFree2 = 0;         /* If non-zero free this temporary register */
  int r1, r2, r3;           /* Various register numbers */

  assert( v!=0 || pParse->db->mallocFailed );
  assert( target>=0 );
  if( v==0 ) return 0;

  if( pExpr==0 ){
    op = TK_NULL;
  }else{
    op = pExpr->op;
  }
................................................................................

/*
** Generate code that will evaluate expression pExpr and store the
** results in register target.  The results are guaranteed to appear
** in register target.
*/
int sqlite3ExprCode(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int target){



  int inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr, target);
  assert( pParse->pVdbe || pParse->db->mallocFailed );
  if( inReg!=target && pParse->pVdbe ){
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(pParse->pVdbe, (inReg>0 ? OP_SCopy : OP_Move), 
                      inReg, target);
  }
  return target;
}

/*
** Generate code that evalutes the given expression and puts the result
** in register target.  If target==-1, then allocate a temporary register
................................................................................
  }
  return inReg;
}


/*
** Generate code that pushes the value of every element of the given
** expression list onto the stack if target==0 or into a sequence of
** registers beginning at target.
**
** Return the number of elements evaluated.
*/
int sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(
  Parse *pParse,     /* Parsing context */
  ExprList *pList,   /* The expression list to be coded */
  int target         /* Where to write results */
){
  struct ExprList_item *pItem;
  int i, n, incr = 1;
  assert( pList!=0 || pParse->db->mallocFailed );
  if( pList==0 ){
    return 0;
  }
  assert( target>=0 );
  n = pList->nExpr;
  if( target==0 ){
    incr = 0;
  }
  for(pItem=pList->a, i=n; i>0; i--, pItem++){
    sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pItem->pExpr, target);
    target += incr; 
  }
  return n;
}

/*
** Generate code for a boolean expression such that a jump is made
** to the label "dest" if the expression is true but execution







|







 







|







 







|







 







|
|







 







|







 







>
>
>
|


|
<







 







<
|









|




|

<
<
<


|







8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
....
1844
1845
1846
1847
1848
1849
1850
1851
1852
1853
1854
1855
1856
1857
1858
....
1866
1867
1868
1869
1870
1871
1872
1873
1874
1875
1876
1877
1878
1879
1880
....
1896
1897
1898
1899
1900
1901
1902
1903
1904
1905
1906
1907
1908
1909
1910
1911
....
1944
1945
1946
1947
1948
1949
1950
1951
1952
1953
1954
1955
1956
1957
1958
....
2413
2414
2415
2416
2417
2418
2419
2420
2421
2422
2423
2424
2425
2426

2427
2428
2429
2430
2431
2432
2433
....
2459
2460
2461
2462
2463
2464
2465

2466
2467
2468
2469
2470
2471
2472
2473
2474
2475
2476
2477
2478
2479
2480
2481
2482



2483
2484
2485
2486
2487
2488
2489
2490
2491
2492
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains routines used for analyzing expressions and
** for generating VDBE code that evaluates expressions in SQLite.
**
** $Id: expr.c,v 1.347 2008/01/17 16:22:15 drh Exp $
*/
#include "sqliteInt.h"
#include <ctype.h>

/*
** Return the 'affinity' of the expression pExpr if any.
**
................................................................................
    memcpy(out, in, 8);
  }
  return out;
}

/*
** Generate an instruction that will put the floating point
** value described by z[0..n-1] into register iMem.
**
** The z[] string will probably not be zero-terminated.  But the 
** z[n] character is guaranteed to be something that does not look
** like the continuation of the number.
*/
static void codeReal(Vdbe *v, const char *z, int n, int negateFlag, int iMem){
  assert( z || v==0 || sqlite3VdbeDb(v)->mallocFailed );
................................................................................
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Real, 0, iMem, 0, zV, P4_REAL);
  }
}


/*
** Generate an instruction that will put the integer describe by
** text z[0..n-1] into register iMem.
**
** The z[] string will probably not be zero-terminated.  But the 
** z[n] character is guaranteed to be something that does not look
** like the continuation of the number.
*/
static void codeInteger(Vdbe *v, const char *z, int n, int negFlag, int iMem){
  assert( z || v==0 || sqlite3VdbeDb(v)->mallocFailed );
................................................................................
    }
  }
}


/*
** Generate code that will extract the iColumn-th column from
** table pTab and store the column value in register iReg.
** There is an open cursor to pTab in 
** iTable.  If iColumn<0 then code is generated that extracts the rowid.
*/
void sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(
  Vdbe *v,         /* The VM being created */
  Table *pTab,     /* Description of the table we are reading from */
  int iColumn,     /* Index of the table column */
  int iTable,      /* The cursor pointing to the table */
................................................................................
  int op;                   /* The opcode being coded */
  int inReg = target;       /* Results stored in register inReg */
  int regFree1 = 0;         /* If non-zero free this temporary register */
  int regFree2 = 0;         /* If non-zero free this temporary register */
  int r1, r2, r3;           /* Various register numbers */

  assert( v!=0 || pParse->db->mallocFailed );
  assert( target>0 && target<=pParse->nMem );
  if( v==0 ) return 0;

  if( pExpr==0 ){
    op = TK_NULL;
  }else{
    op = pExpr->op;
  }
................................................................................

/*
** Generate code that will evaluate expression pExpr and store the
** results in register target.  The results are guaranteed to appear
** in register target.
*/
int sqlite3ExprCode(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int target){
  int inReg;

  assert( target>0 && target<=pParse->nMem );
  inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr, target);
  assert( pParse->pVdbe || pParse->db->mallocFailed );
  if( inReg!=target && pParse->pVdbe ){
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(pParse->pVdbe, OP_SCopy, inReg, target);

  }
  return target;
}

/*
** Generate code that evalutes the given expression and puts the result
** in register target.  If target==-1, then allocate a temporary register
................................................................................
  }
  return inReg;
}


/*
** Generate code that pushes the value of every element of the given

** expression list into a sequence of registers beginning at target.
**
** Return the number of elements evaluated.
*/
int sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(
  Parse *pParse,     /* Parsing context */
  ExprList *pList,   /* The expression list to be coded */
  int target         /* Where to write results */
){
  struct ExprList_item *pItem;
  int i, n;
  assert( pList!=0 || pParse->db->mallocFailed );
  if( pList==0 ){
    return 0;
  }
  assert( target>0 );
  n = pList->nExpr;



  for(pItem=pList->a, i=n; i>0; i--, pItem++){
    sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pItem->pExpr, target);
    target++;
  }
  return n;
}

/*
** Generate code for a boolean expression such that a jump is made
** to the label "dest" if the expression is true but execution

Changes to src/insert.c.

8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
...
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser
** to handle INSERT statements in SQLite.
**
** $Id: insert.c,v 1.224 2008/01/17 02:36:28 drh Exp $
*/
#include "sqliteInt.h"

/*
** Set P4 of the most recently inserted opcode to a column affinity
** string for index pIdx. A column affinity string has one character
** for each column in the table, according to the affinity of the column:
................................................................................
  if( useTempTable ){
    iBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, srcTab, iBreak);
    iCont = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
  }else if( pSelect ){
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, iSelectLoop);
    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iInsertBlock);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_StackDepth, -1, 0);
  }

  /* Allocate registers for holding the rowid of the new row,
  ** the content of the new row, and the assemblied row record.
  */
  regRecord = ++pParse->nMem;
  regRowid = regIns = pParse->nMem+1;







|







 







<







8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
...
663
664
665
666
667
668
669

670
671
672
673
674
675
676
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser
** to handle INSERT statements in SQLite.
**
** $Id: insert.c,v 1.225 2008/01/17 16:22:15 drh Exp $
*/
#include "sqliteInt.h"

/*
** Set P4 of the most recently inserted opcode to a column affinity
** string for index pIdx. A column affinity string has one character
** for each column in the table, according to the affinity of the column:
................................................................................
  if( useTempTable ){
    iBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, srcTab, iBreak);
    iCont = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
  }else if( pSelect ){
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, iSelectLoop);
    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iInsertBlock);

  }

  /* Allocate registers for holding the rowid of the new row,
  ** the content of the new row, and the assemblied row record.
  */
  regRecord = ++pParse->nMem;
  regRowid = regIns = pParse->nMem+1;

Changes to src/pragma.c.

7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
...
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
...
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
....
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains code used to implement the PRAGMA command.
**
** $Id: pragma.c,v 1.167 2008/01/17 02:36:28 drh Exp $
*/
#include "sqliteInt.h"
#include <ctype.h>

/* Ignore this whole file if pragmas are disabled
*/
#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PARSER)
................................................................................
  const char *zDb = 0;   /* The database name */
  Token *pId;            /* Pointer to <id> token */
  int iDb;               /* Database index for <database> */
  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
  Db *pDb;
  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe = sqlite3VdbeCreate(db);
  if( v==0 ) return;
  pParse->nMem = 1;

  /* Interpret the [database.] part of the pragma statement. iDb is the
  ** index of the database this pragma is being applied to in db.aDb[]. */
  iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pId1, pId2, &pId);
  if( iDb<0 ) return;
  pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];

................................................................................
      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(getCacheSize), getCacheSize);
      sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr, iDb);
      sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+5, SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE);
    }else{
      int size = atoi(zRight);
      if( size<0 ) size = -size;
      sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Integer, size);
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_ReadCookie, iDb, 0, 2);
      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfPos, 0, 0);
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Integer, -size);
      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, 2);
      pDb->pSchema->cache_size = size;
      sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pDb->pBt, pDb->pSchema->cache_size);
    }
  }else

  /*
  **  PRAGMA [database.]page_size
................................................................................
        break;
    }

    if( zRight && iDb>=0 ){
      /* Write the specified cookie value */
      static const VdbeOpList setCookie[] = {
        { OP_Transaction,    0,  1,  0},    /* 0 */
        { OP_Integer,        0,  0,  0},    /* 1 */
        { OP_SetCookie,      0,  0,  0},    /* 2 */
      };
      int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(setCookie), setCookie);
      sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr, iDb);
      sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+1, atoi(zRight));
      sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+2, iDb);
      sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr+2, iCookie);
    }else{







|







 







|







 







|
|
|
|

|







 







|
|







7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
...
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
...
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
....
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains code used to implement the PRAGMA command.
**
** $Id: pragma.c,v 1.168 2008/01/17 16:22:15 drh Exp $
*/
#include "sqliteInt.h"
#include <ctype.h>

/* Ignore this whole file if pragmas are disabled
*/
#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PARSER)
................................................................................
  const char *zDb = 0;   /* The database name */
  Token *pId;            /* Pointer to <id> token */
  int iDb;               /* Database index for <database> */
  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
  Db *pDb;
  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe = sqlite3VdbeCreate(db);
  if( v==0 ) return;
  pParse->nMem = 2;

  /* Interpret the [database.] part of the pragma statement. iDb is the
  ** index of the database this pragma is being applied to in db.aDb[]. */
  iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pId1, pId2, &pId);
  if( iDb<0 ) return;
  pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];

................................................................................
      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(getCacheSize), getCacheSize);
      sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr, iDb);
      sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+5, SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE);
    }else{
      int size = atoi(zRight);
      if( size<0 ) size = -size;
      sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, size, 1);
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_ReadCookie, iDb, 2, 2);
      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfPos, 2, 0);
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, -size, 1);
      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, 2, 1);
      pDb->pSchema->cache_size = size;
      sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pDb->pBt, pDb->pSchema->cache_size);
    }
  }else

  /*
  **  PRAGMA [database.]page_size
................................................................................
        break;
    }

    if( zRight && iDb>=0 ){
      /* Write the specified cookie value */
      static const VdbeOpList setCookie[] = {
        { OP_Transaction,    0,  1,  0},    /* 0 */
        { OP_Integer,        0,  1,  0},    /* 1 */
        { OP_SetCookie,      0,  0,  1},    /* 2 */
      };
      int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(setCookie), setCookie);
      sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr, iDb);
      sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+1, atoi(zRight));
      sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+2, iDb);
      sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr+2, iCookie);
    }else{

Changes to src/select.c.

8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
...
579
580
581
582
583
584
585


586
587
588
589
590

591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599

600
601
602
603

604
605
606
607
608
609
610
....
2063
2064
2065
2066
2067
2068
2069

2070
2071
2072
2073
2074
2075
2076
....
2123
2124
2125
2126
2127
2128
2129

2130
2131

2132
2133
2134
2135
2136
2137
2138
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser
** to handle SELECT statements in SQLite.
**
** $Id: select.c,v 1.403 2008/01/17 02:36:28 drh Exp $
*/
#include "sqliteInt.h"


/*
** Delete all the content of a Select structure but do not deallocate
** the select structure itself.
................................................................................

  switch( eDest ){
    /* In this mode, write each query result to the key of the temporary
    ** table iParm.
    */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT
    case SRT_Union: {


      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_MakeRecord, iMem, nColumn);
      if( aff ){
        sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, aff, P4_STATIC);
      }
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm, 0);

      break;
    }

    /* Construct a record from the query result, but instead of
    ** saving that record, use it as a key to delete elements from
    ** the temporary table iParm.
    */
    case SRT_Except: {
      int addr;

      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_MakeRecord, iMem, nColumn);
      sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, aff, P4_STATIC);
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NotFound, iParm, addr+3);
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Delete, iParm, 0);

      break;
    }
#endif

    /* Store the result as data using a unique key.
    */
    case SRT_Table:
................................................................................
    }
    case TK_INTERSECT: {
      int tab1, tab2;
      int iCont, iBreak, iStart;
      Expr *pLimit, *pOffset;
      int addr;
      SelectDest intersectdest;


      /* INTERSECT is different from the others since it requires
      ** two temporary tables.  Hence it has its own case.  Begin
      ** by allocating the tables we will need.
      */
      tab1 = pParse->nTab++;
      tab2 = pParse->nTab++;
................................................................................
        while( pFirst->pPrior ) pFirst = pFirst->pPrior;
        generateColumnNames(pParse, 0, pFirst->pEList);
      }
      iBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
      iCont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
      computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, iBreak);
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, tab1, iBreak);

      iStart = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_RowKey, tab1);
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NotFound, tab2, iCont);

      rc = selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, tab1, p->pEList->nExpr,
                             pOrderBy, -1, &dest, iCont, iBreak, 0);
      if( rc ){
        rc = 1;
        goto multi_select_end;
      }
      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iCont);







|







 







>
>
|



|
>








|
>
|

|
|
>







 







>







 







>
|
|
>







8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
...
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
....
2068
2069
2070
2071
2072
2073
2074
2075
2076
2077
2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
....
2129
2130
2131
2132
2133
2134
2135
2136
2137
2138
2139
2140
2141
2142
2143
2144
2145
2146
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser
** to handle SELECT statements in SQLite.
**
** $Id: select.c,v 1.404 2008/01/17 16:22:15 drh Exp $
*/
#include "sqliteInt.h"


/*
** Delete all the content of a Select structure but do not deallocate
** the select structure itself.
................................................................................

  switch( eDest ){
    /* In this mode, write each query result to the key of the temporary
    ** table iParm.
    */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT
    case SRT_Union: {
      int r1;
      r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, iMem, nColumn, r1);
      if( aff ){
        sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, aff, P4_STATIC);
      }
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm, r1);
      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
      break;
    }

    /* Construct a record from the query result, but instead of
    ** saving that record, use it as a key to delete elements from
    ** the temporary table iParm.
    */
    case SRT_Except: {
      int addr, r1;
      r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, iMem, nColumn, r1);
      sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, aff, P4_STATIC);
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotFound, iParm, addr+3, r1);
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Delete, iParm);
      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
      break;
    }
#endif

    /* Store the result as data using a unique key.
    */
    case SRT_Table:
................................................................................
    }
    case TK_INTERSECT: {
      int tab1, tab2;
      int iCont, iBreak, iStart;
      Expr *pLimit, *pOffset;
      int addr;
      SelectDest intersectdest;
      int r1;

      /* INTERSECT is different from the others since it requires
      ** two temporary tables.  Hence it has its own case.  Begin
      ** by allocating the tables we will need.
      */
      tab1 = pParse->nTab++;
      tab2 = pParse->nTab++;
................................................................................
        while( pFirst->pPrior ) pFirst = pFirst->pPrior;
        generateColumnNames(pParse, 0, pFirst->pEList);
      }
      iBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
      iCont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
      computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, iBreak);
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, tab1, iBreak);
      r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
      iStart = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowKey, tab1, r1);
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotFound, tab2, iCont, r1);
      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
      rc = selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, tab1, p->pEList->nExpr,
                             pOrderBy, -1, &dest, iCont, iBreak, 0);
      if( rc ){
        rc = 1;
        goto multi_select_end;
      }
      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iCont);

Changes to src/sqliteInt.h.

7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
....
1815
1816
1817
1818
1819
1820
1821
1822
1823
1824
1825
1826
1827
1828
1829
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** Internal interface definitions for SQLite.
**
** @(#) $Id: sqliteInt.h,v 1.650 2008/01/17 02:36:28 drh Exp $
*/
#ifndef _SQLITEINT_H_
#define _SQLITEINT_H_

/*
** The macro unlikely() is a hint that surrounds a boolean
** expression that is usually false.  Macro likely() surrounds
................................................................................
Select *sqlite3SelectDup(sqlite3*,Select*);
FuncDef *sqlite3FindFunction(sqlite3*,const char*,int,int,u8,int);
void sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(sqlite3*);
void sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions(sqlite3*);
int sqlite3SafetyOn(sqlite3*);
int sqlite3SafetyOff(sqlite3*);
int sqlite3SafetyCheck(sqlite3*);
void sqlite3ChangeCookie(sqlite3*, Vdbe*, int);

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
  void sqlite3BeginTrigger(Parse*, Token*,Token*,int,int,IdList*,SrcList*,
                           Expr*,int, int);
  void sqlite3FinishTrigger(Parse*, TriggerStep*, Token*);
  void sqlite3DropTrigger(Parse*, SrcList*, int);
  void sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(Parse*, Trigger*);







|







 







|







7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
....
1815
1816
1817
1818
1819
1820
1821
1822
1823
1824
1825
1826
1827
1828
1829
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** Internal interface definitions for SQLite.
**
** @(#) $Id: sqliteInt.h,v 1.651 2008/01/17 16:22:15 drh Exp $
*/
#ifndef _SQLITEINT_H_
#define _SQLITEINT_H_

/*
** The macro unlikely() is a hint that surrounds a boolean
** expression that is usually false.  Macro likely() surrounds
................................................................................
Select *sqlite3SelectDup(sqlite3*,Select*);
FuncDef *sqlite3FindFunction(sqlite3*,const char*,int,int,u8,int);
void sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(sqlite3*);
void sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions(sqlite3*);
int sqlite3SafetyOn(sqlite3*);
int sqlite3SafetyOff(sqlite3*);
int sqlite3SafetyCheck(sqlite3*);
void sqlite3ChangeCookie(Parse*, int);

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
  void sqlite3BeginTrigger(Parse*, Token*,Token*,int,int,IdList*,SrcList*,
                           Expr*,int, int);
  void sqlite3FinishTrigger(Parse*, TriggerStep*, Token*);
  void sqlite3DropTrigger(Parse*, SrcList*, int);
  void sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(Parse*, Trigger*);

Changes to src/trigger.c.

236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
...
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
    sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
    z = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pAll->z, pAll->n);
    sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
       "INSERT INTO %Q.%s VALUES('trigger',%Q,%Q,0,'CREATE TRIGGER %q')",
       db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), pTrig->name,
       pTrig->table, z);
    sqlite3_free(z);
    sqlite3ChangeCookie(db, v, iDb);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_ParseSchema, iDb, 0, 0, sqlite3MPrintf(
        db, "type='trigger' AND name='%q'", pTrig->name), P4_DYNAMIC
    );
  }

  if( db->init.busy ){
    int n;
................................................................................
    };

    sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
    sqlite3OpenMasterTable(pParse, iDb);
    base = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v,  ArraySize(dropTrigger), dropTrigger);
    sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, base+1, pTrigger->name, 0);
    sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, base+4, "trigger", P4_STATIC);
    sqlite3ChangeCookie(db, v, iDb);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, 0, 0);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropTrigger, iDb, 0, 0, pTrigger->name, 0);
  }
}

/*
** Remove a trigger from the hash tables of the sqlite* pointer.







|







 







|







236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
...
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
    sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
    z = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pAll->z, pAll->n);
    sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
       "INSERT INTO %Q.%s VALUES('trigger',%Q,%Q,0,'CREATE TRIGGER %q')",
       db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), pTrig->name,
       pTrig->table, z);
    sqlite3_free(z);
    sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_ParseSchema, iDb, 0, 0, sqlite3MPrintf(
        db, "type='trigger' AND name='%q'", pTrig->name), P4_DYNAMIC
    );
  }

  if( db->init.busy ){
    int n;
................................................................................
    };

    sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
    sqlite3OpenMasterTable(pParse, iDb);
    base = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v,  ArraySize(dropTrigger), dropTrigger);
    sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, base+1, pTrigger->name, 0);
    sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, base+4, "trigger", P4_STATIC);
    sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, 0, 0);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropTrigger, iDb, 0, 0, pTrigger->name, 0);
  }
}

/*
** Remove a trigger from the hash tables of the sqlite* pointer.

Changes to src/update.c.

8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
...
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser
** to handle UPDATE statements.
**
** $Id: update.c,v 1.168 2008/01/17 02:36:28 drh Exp $
*/
#include "sqliteInt.h"

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
/* Forward declaration */
static void updateVirtualTable(
  Parse *pParse,       /* The parsing context */
................................................................................
  /* Jump back to this point if a trigger encounters an IGNORE constraint. */
  if( triggers_exist ){
    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addr);
  }

  /* Top of the update loop */
  addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FifoRead, regOldRowid, 0);
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_StackDepth, -1, 0);

  if( triggers_exist ){
    int regRowid;
    int regRow;
    int regCols;

    /* Make cursor iCur point to the record that is being updated.







|







 







<







8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
...
397
398
399
400
401
402
403

404
405
406
407
408
409
410
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser
** to handle UPDATE statements.
**
** $Id: update.c,v 1.169 2008/01/17 16:22:15 drh Exp $
*/
#include "sqliteInt.h"

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
/* Forward declaration */
static void updateVirtualTable(
  Parse *pParse,       /* The parsing context */
................................................................................
  /* Jump back to this point if a trigger encounters an IGNORE constraint. */
  if( triggers_exist ){
    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addr);
  }

  /* Top of the update loop */
  addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FifoRead, regOldRowid, 0);


  if( triggers_exist ){
    int regRowid;
    int regRow;
    int regCols;

    /* Make cursor iCur point to the record that is being updated.

Changes to src/vdbe.c.

18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30

31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
..
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
..
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
...
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
...
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
...
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
...
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
...
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
...
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
...
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
...
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
...
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
...
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
....
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
....
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
....
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
....
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
....
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
1355
1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
....
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392
1393
1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
1399
....
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
....
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
....
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
1536
1537
....
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
....
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
1585
1586
1587
1588
1589
1590
1591
1592
1593
1594
1595
1596
1597
....
1602
1603
1604
1605
1606
1607
1608
1609
1610
1611
1612
1613
1614
1615
1616
1617
....
1620
1621
1622
1623
1624
1625
1626
1627
1628
1629
1630
1631
1632
1633
1634
1635
....
1642
1643
1644
1645
1646
1647
1648
1649
1650
1651
1652
1653
1654
1655
1656
1657
....
1665
1666
1667
1668
1669
1670
1671
1672
1673
1674
1675
1676
1677
1678
1679
1680
....
1683
1684
1685
1686
1687
1688
1689
1690
1691
1692
1693
1694
1695
1696
1697
1698
....
1701
1702
1703
1704
1705
1706
1707
1708
1709
1710
1711
1712
1713
1714
1715
1716
....
1742
1743
1744
1745
1746
1747
1748
1749
1750
1751
1752
1753
1754
1755
1756
1757
1758
1759
1760
1761
1762
1763
1764
1765
1766
1767
1768
1769
1770
1771
1772
1773
1774
1775
1776
1777
1778
1779
1780
1781
1782
1783
1784
1785
1786
1787
1788
1789
1790
1791
1792
1793
1794
1795
1796
1797
1798
1799
1800
1801
1802
....
1909
1910
1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
1922
1923
1924
1925
1926
1927
1928
1929
1930
1931
1932
1933
1934
1935
1936
1937
1938
1939
....
1945
1946
1947
1948
1949
1950
1951
1952
1953
1954
1955
1956
1957
1958
1959
....
1961
1962
1963
1964
1965
1966
1967
1968
1969
1970
1971
1972
1973
1974
1975
1976
....
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
....
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
....
2026
2027
2028
2029
2030
2031
2032
2033
2034
2035
2036
2037
2038
2039
2040
....
2043
2044
2045
2046
2047
2048
2049
2050
2051
2052
2053
2054
2055
2056
2057
2058
2059
....
2072
2073
2074
2075
2076
2077
2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
2083
2084
2085
2086
2087
2088
2089
2090
2091
2092
2093
2094
2095
2096
2097
2098
2099
2100
2101
2102
2103
2104
2105
....
2132
2133
2134
2135
2136
2137
2138
2139
2140
2141
2142
2143
2144
2145
2146
....
2223
2224
2225
2226
2227
2228
2229
2230
2231
2232
2233
2234
2235
2236
2237
2238
....
2306
2307
2308
2309
2310
2311
2312
2313
2314
2315
2316
2317
2318
2319
2320
2321
....
2322
2323
2324
2325
2326
2327
2328
2329
2330
2331
2332
2333
2334
2335
2336
2337
....
2409
2410
2411
2412
2413
2414
2415
2416
2417
2418
2419
2420
2421
2422
2423
2424
2425
2426
2427
2428
....
2449
2450
2451
2452
2453
2454
2455
2456
2457
2458
2459
2460
2461
2462
2463
....
2472
2473
2474
2475
2476
2477
2478
2479
2480
2481
2482
2483
2484
2485
2486
....
2497
2498
2499
2500
2501
2502
2503
2504
2505
2506
2507
2508
2509
2510
2511
....
2541
2542
2543
2544
2545
2546
2547
2548
2549
2550
2551
2552
2553
2554
2555
2556
2557
2558
2559
2560
2561
2562
2563
2564
2565
2566
2567
2568
2569
2570
2571
2572
2573
2574
2575
2576
2577
2578
2579
2580
2581
....
2619
2620
2621
2622
2623
2624
2625
2626
2627
2628
2629
2630
2631
2632
2633
....
2661
2662
2663
2664
2665
2666
2667
2668
2669
2670
2671
2672
2673
2674
2675
....
2742
2743
2744
2745
2746
2747
2748
2749
2750
2751
2752
2753
2754
2755
2756
2757
....
2766
2767
2768
2769
2770
2771
2772
2773
2774
2775
2776
2777
2778
2779
2780
2781
2782
2783
2784
2785
2786
2787
2788
2789
2790
2791
....
2802
2803
2804
2805
2806
2807
2808
2809
2810
2811
2812
2813
2814
2815
2816
....
2861
2862
2863
2864
2865
2866
2867
2868
2869
2870
2871
2872
2873
2874
2875
....
2922
2923
2924
2925
2926
2927
2928
2929
2930
2931
2932
2933
2934
2935
2936
....
2941
2942
2943
2944
2945
2946
2947
2948
2949
2950
2951
2952
2953
2954
2955
....
2960
2961
2962
2963
2964
2965
2966
2967
2968
2969
2970
2971
2972
2973
2974
2975
2976
2977
2978
2979
2980
2981
2982
2983
2984
2985
2986
2987
2988
2989
2990
2991
2992
2993
2994
2995
2996
2997
2998
2999
3000
3001
3002
3003
3004
3005
3006
3007
....
3068
3069
3070
3071
3072
3073
3074
3075
3076
3077
3078
3079
3080
3081
3082
3083
3084
3085
3086
3087
3088
3089
3090
3091
3092
3093
3094
3095
3096
3097
3098
3099
3100
3101
3102
3103
3104
3105
3106
3107
3108
3109
3110
3111
3112
3113
....
3147
3148
3149
3150
3151
3152
3153
3154
3155
3156
3157
3158
3159
3160
3161
3162
3163
3164
3165
3166
3167
3168
3169
3170
3171
3172
3173
3174
3175
3176
3177
3178
....
3226
3227
3228
3229
3230
3231
3232
3233
3234
3235
3236
3237
3238
3239
3240
3241
3242
3243
3244
3245
3246
3247
3248
3249
3250
3251
3252
3253
3254
3255
3256
3257
3258
3259
3260
3261
3262
3263
3264
3265
3266
3267
....
3286
3287
3288
3289
3290
3291
3292
3293
3294
3295
3296
3297
3298
3299
3300
3301
....
3305
3306
3307
3308
3309
3310
3311
3312
3313
3314
3315
3316
3317
3318
3319
3320
....
3482
3483
3484
3485
3486
3487
3488
3489
3490
3491
3492
3493
3494
3495
3496
....
3570
3571
3572
3573
3574
3575
3576
3577
3578
3579
3580
3581
3582
3583
3584
....
3620
3621
3622
3623
3624
3625
3626
3627
3628
3629
3630
3631
3632
3633
3634
....
3642
3643
3644
3645
3646
3647
3648
3649
3650
3651
3652
3653
3654
3655
3656
....
3744
3745
3746
3747
3748
3749
3750
3751
3752
3753
3754
3755
3756
3757
3758
3759
3760
3761
3762
3763
3764
3765
3766
3767
3768
3769
3770
3771
3772
3773
3774
3775
3776
3777
3778
3779
3780
3781
3782
3783
3784
....
3794
3795
3796
3797
3798
3799
3800
3801
3802
3803
3804
3805
3806
3807
3808
3809
3810
3811
3812
3813
3814
3815
3816
3817
3818
3819
3820
3821
3822
3823
3824
3825
3826
3827
3828
3829
3830
3831
3832
3833
3834
3835
....
3845
3846
3847
3848
3849
3850
3851
3852
3853
3854
3855
3856
3857
3858
3859
3860
3861
3862
3863
3864
3865
3866
3867
3868
3869
3870
3871
3872
3873
3874
3875
3876
....
3896
3897
3898
3899
3900
3901
3902
3903
3904
3905
3906
3907
3908
3909
3910
3911
3912
3913
3914
3915
3916
3917
3918
3919
3920
3921
3922
....
3929
3930
3931
3932
3933
3934
3935
3936
3937
3938
3939
3940
3941
3942
3943
3944
3945
3946
3947
3948
....
4026
4027
4028
4029
4030
4031
4032
4033
4034
4035
4036
4037
4038
4039
4040
4041
4042
....
4072
4073
4074
4075
4076
4077
4078
4079
4080
4081
4082
4083
4084
4085
4086
....
4124
4125
4126
4127
4128
4129
4130
4131
4132
4133
4134
4135
4136
4137
4138
4139
4140
4141
4142
4143
4144
4145
4146
4147
4148
4149
4150
4151
4152
4153
4154
4155
4156
4157
4158
4159
4160
4161
4162
....
4187
4188
4189
4190
4191
4192
4193
4194
4195
4196
4197
4198
4199
4200
4201
....
4227
4228
4229
4230
4231
4232
4233
4234
4235
4236
4237
4238
4239
4240
4241
....
4242
4243
4244
4245
4246
4247
4248
4249
4250
4251
4252
4253
4254
4255
4256
4257
4258
4259
4260
4261
4262
4263
4264
4265
4266
4267
4268
4269
4270
4271
4272
4273
4274
4275
4276
4277
4278
4279
4280
....
4341
4342
4343
4344
4345
4346
4347
4348
4349
4350
4351
4352
4353
4354
4355
....
4374
4375
4376
4377
4378
4379
4380
4381
4382
4383
4384
4385
4386
4387
4388
....
4400
4401
4402
4403
4404
4405
4406
4407
4408
4409
4410
4411
4412
4413
4414
....
4420
4421
4422
4423
4424
4425
4426
4427
4428
4429
4430
4431
4432
4433
4434
4435
4436
4437
4438
4439
4440
4441
4442
4443
4444
4445
4446
4447
4448
4449
4450
4451
4452
....
4453
4454
4455
4456
4457
4458
4459
4460
4461
4462
4463
4464
4465
4466
4467
....
4468
4469
4470
4471
4472
4473
4474
4475
4476
4477
4478
4479
4480
4481
4482
....
4486
4487
4488
4489
4490
4491
4492
4493
4494
4495
4496
4497
4498
4499
4500
....
4538
4539
4540
4541
4542
4543
4544
4545
4546
4547
4548
4549
4550
4551
4552
....
4562
4563
4564
4565
4566
4567
4568
4569
4570
4571
4572
4573
4574
4575
4576
....
4577
4578
4579
4580
4581
4582
4583
4584
4585
4586
4587
4588
4589
4590
4591
....
4601
4602
4603
4604
4605
4606
4607
4608
4609
4610
4611
4612
4613
4614
4615
....
4627
4628
4629
4630
4631
4632
4633
4634
4635
4636
4637
4638
4639
4640
4641
....
4650
4651
4652
4653
4654
4655
4656
4657
4658
4659
4660
4661
4662
4663
4664
4665
4666
4667
4668
4669
4670
4671
4672
4673
4674
4675
4676
4677
4678
4679
4680
4681
4682
4683
4684
4685
4686
4687
4688
....
4689
4690
4691
4692
4693
4694
4695
4696
4697
4698
4699
4700
4701
4702
4703
....
4737
4738
4739
4740
4741
4742
4743
4744
4745
4746
4747
4748
4749
4750
4751
4752
4753
4754
4755
4756
4757
4758
4759
4760
4761
4762
4763
4764
....
4788
4789
4790
4791
4792
4793
4794
4795
4796
4797
4798
4799
4800
4801
4802
....
4819
4820
4821
4822
4823
4824
4825
4826
4827
4828
4829
4830
4831
4832
4833
....
4839
4840
4841
4842
4843
4844
4845
4846
4847
4848
4849
4850
4851
4852
4853
4854
4855
4856
4857
4858
4859
4860
4861
4862
4863
4864
4865
....
4874
4875
4876
4877
4878
4879
4880
4881
4882
4883
4884
4885
4886
4887
4888
....
4917
4918
4919
4920
4921
4922
4923
4924
4925
4926
4927
4928
4929
4930
4931
....
4959
4960
4961
4962
4963
4964
4965
4966
4967
4968
4969
4970
4971
4972
4973
....
5027
5028
5029
5030
5031
5032
5033
5034
5035
5036
5037
5038
5039
5040
5041
5042
5043
5044
5045
5046
5047
5048
5049
....
5054
5055
5056
5057
5058
5059
5060
5061
5062
5063
5064
5065
5066
5067
5068
5069
5070
5071
5072
5073
5074
5075
5076
5077
5078
5079
5080
5081
5082
5083
5084
5085
5086
5087
5088
5089
5090
5091
5092
5093
5094
5095
5096
5097
....
5099
5100
5101
5102
5103
5104
5105
5106
5107
5108
5109
5110
5111
5112
5113
** In the external interface, an "sqlite3_stmt*" is an opaque pointer
** to a VDBE.
**
** The SQL parser generates a program which is then executed by
** the VDBE to do the work of the SQL statement.  VDBE programs are 
** similar in form to assembly language.  The program consists of
** a linear sequence of operations.  Each operation has an opcode 
** and 3 operands.  Operands P1 and P2 are integers.  Operand P4 
** is a null-terminated string.   The P2 operand must be non-negative.
** Opcodes will typically ignore one or more operands.  Many opcodes
** ignore all three operands.
**
** Computation results are stored on a stack.  Each entry on the

** stack is either an integer, a null-terminated string, a floating point
** number, or the SQL "NULL" value.  An inplicit conversion from one
** type to the other occurs as necessary.
** 
** Most of the code in this file is taken up by the sqlite3VdbeExec()
** function which does the work of interpreting a VDBE program.
** But other routines are also provided to help in building up
** a program instruction by instruction.
................................................................................
**
** Various scripts scan this source file in order to generate HTML
** documentation, headers files, or other derived files.  The formatting
** of the code in this file is, therefore, important.  See other comments
** in this file for details.  If in doubt, do not deviate from existing
** commenting and indentation practices when changing or adding code.
**
** $Id: vdbe.c,v 1.697 2008/01/17 02:36:28 drh Exp $
*/
#include "sqliteInt.h"
#include <ctype.h>
#include "vdbeInt.h"

/*
** The following global variable is incremented every time a cursor
................................................................................
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
int sqlite3_sort_count = 0;
#endif

/*
** The next global variable records the size of the largest MEM_Blob
** or MEM_Str that has appeared on the VDBE stack.  The test procedures
** use this information to make sure that the zero-blob functionality
** is working correctly.   This variable has no function other than to
** help verify the correct operation of the library.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
int sqlite3_max_blobsize = 0;
#endif
................................................................................
                                      && (P)->n>sqlite3_max_blobsize ) \
                                          {sqlite3_max_blobsize = (P)->n;}
#else
# define UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(P)
#endif

/*
** Release the memory associated with the given stack level.  This
** leaves the Mem.flags field in an inconsistent state.
*/
#define Release(P) if((P)->flags&MEM_Dyn){ sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(P); }

/*
** Convert the given stack entity into a string if it isn't one
** already. Return non-zero if a malloc() fails.
*/
#define Stringify(P, enc) \
   if(((P)->flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))==0 && sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(P,enc)) \
     { goto no_mem; }

/*
................................................................................
**
*/
#define GetVarint(A,B)  ((B = *(A))<=0x7f ? 1 : sqlite3GetVarint32(A, &B))

/*
** An ephemeral string value (signified by the MEM_Ephem flag) contains
** a pointer to a dynamically allocated string where some other entity
** is responsible for deallocating that string.  Because the stack entry
** does not control the string, it might be deleted without the stack
** entry knowing it.
**
** This routine converts an ephemeral string into a dynamically allocated
** string that the stack entry itself controls.  In other words, it
** converts an MEM_Ephem string into an MEM_Dyn string.
*/
#define Deephemeralize(P) \
   if( ((P)->flags&MEM_Ephem)!=0 \
       && sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(P) ){ goto no_mem;}

/*
** Call sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob() on the supplied value (type Mem*)
** P if required.
*/
#define ExpandBlob(P) (((P)->flags&MEM_Zero)?sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(P):0)

/*
** Argument pMem points at a memory cell that will be passed to a
** user-defined function or returned to the user as the result of a query.
** The second argument, 'db_enc' is the text encoding used by the vdbe for
** stack variables.  This routine sets the pMem->enc and pMem->type
** variables used by the sqlite3_value_*() routines.
*/
#define storeTypeInfo(A,B) _storeTypeInfo(A)
static void _storeTypeInfo(Mem *pMem){
  int flags = pMem->flags;
  if( flags & MEM_Null ){
    pMem->type = SQLITE_NULL;
................................................................................

/*
** Properties of opcodes.  The OPFLG_INITIALIZER macro is
** created by mkopcodeh.awk during compilation.  Data is obtained
** from the comments following the "case OP_xxxx:" statements in
** this file.  
*/
static unsigned short opcodeProperty[] = OPFLG_INITIALIZER;

/*
** Return true if an opcode has any of the OPFLG_xxx properties
** specified by mask.
*/
int sqlite3VdbeOpcodeHasProperty(int opcode, int mask){
  assert( opcode>0 && opcode<sizeof(opcodeProperty) );
  return (opcodeProperty[opcode]&mask)!=0;
}

/*
** Pop the stack N times.
*/
static void popStack(Mem **ppTos, int N){
  Mem *pTos = *ppTos;
  while( N>0 ){
    N--;
    Release(pTos);
    pTos--;
  }
  *ppTos = pTos;
}

/*
** Allocate cursor number iCur.  Return a pointer to it.  Return NULL
** if we run out of memory.
*/
static Cursor *allocateCursor(Vdbe *p, int iCur, int iDb){
  Cursor *pCx;
  assert( iCur<p->nCursor );
................................................................................
  Vdbe *p                    /* The VDBE */
){
  int pc;                    /* The program counter */
  Op *pOp;                   /* Current operation */
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;        /* Value to return */
  sqlite3 *db = p->db;       /* The database */
  u8 encoding = ENC(db);     /* The database encoding */
  Mem *pTos;                 /* Top entry in the operand stack */
  Mem *pIn1, *pIn2, *pIn3;   /* Input operands */
  Mem *pOut;                 /* Output operand */
  int nPop = 0;              /* Number of times to pop the stack */
  u8 opProperty;
#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
  unsigned long long start;  /* CPU clock count at start of opcode */
  int origPc;                /* Program counter at start of opcode */
#endif
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
  int nProgressOps = 0;      /* Opcodes executed since progress callback. */
#endif
#ifndef NDEBUG
  Mem *pStackLimit;
#endif

  if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN ) return SQLITE_MISUSE;
  assert( db->magic==SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY );
  pTos = p->pTos;
  sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayEnter(&p->aMutex);
  if( p->rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
    /* This happens if a malloc() inside a call to sqlite3_column_text() or
    ** sqlite3_column_text16() failed.  */
    goto no_mem;
  }
  assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || p->rc==SQLITE_BUSY );
  p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
  assert( p->explain==0 );
  if( p->popStack ){
    popStack(&pTos, p->popStack);
    p->popStack = 0;
  }
  p->pResultSet = 0;
  db->busyHandler.nBusy = 0;
  CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT;
  sqlite3VdbeIOTraceSql(p);
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  if( p->pc==0 && ((p->db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeListing)!=0
    || sqlite3OsAccess(db->pVfs, "vdbe_explain", SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS))
................................................................................
  }
  if( sqlite3OsAccess(db->pVfs, "vdbe_trace", SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS) ){
    p->trace = stdout;
  }
#endif
  for(pc=p->pc; rc==SQLITE_OK; pc++){
    assert( pc>=0 && pc<p->nOp );
    assert( pTos<=&p->aStack[pc] );
    if( db->mallocFailed ) goto no_mem;
#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
    origPc = pc;
    start = hwtime();
#endif
    pOp = &p->aOp[pc];

................................................................................
        }
        nProgressOps = 0;
      }
      nProgressOps++;
    }
#endif

#ifndef NDEBUG
    /* This is to check to make sure that the OPFLG_PUSH property
    ** is set correctly on all opcodes.
    */ 
    pStackLimit = pTos;
    if( sqlite3VdbeOpcodeHasProperty(pOp->opcode, OPFLG_PUSH) ){
      pStackLimit++;
    }
    assert( pTos>=&p->aStack[-1] && pTos<=pStackLimit );
#endif

    /* Do common setup processing for any opcode that is marked
    ** with the "out2-prerelease" tag.  Such opcodes have a single
    ** output which is specified by the P2 parameter.  The output
    ** is normally written into the P2-th register.  But if P2==0
    ** then the output is pushed onto the stack.  The P2 operand
    ** is initialized to a NULL.
    */
    opProperty = opcodeProperty[pOp->opcode];
    if( (opProperty & OPFLG_OUT2_PRERELEASE)!=0 ){
      assert( pOp->p2>=0 );
      if( pOp->p2==0 ){
        pOut = ++pTos;
      }else{
        assert( pOp->p2<=p->nMem );
        pOut = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
        sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pOut);
      }
      pOut->flags = MEM_Null;
    }else
 
    /* Do common setup for opcodes marked with one of the following
    ** combinations of properties.
    **
    **           in1
    **           in1 in2
    **           in1 in2 out3
    **           in1 in3
    **           in1 out2
    **
    ** Variables pIn1 and pIn2 are made to point to the first two
    ** inputs and pOut points to the output.  Variable nPop holds the
    ** number of times that the stack should be popped after the
    ** the instruction.
    */
    if( (opProperty & OPFLG_IN1)!=0 ){
      assert( pOp->p1>=0 );
      if( pOp->p1==0 ){
        pIn1 = pTos;
        nPop = 1;
      }else{
        assert( pOp->p1<=p->nMem );
        pIn1 = &p->aMem[pOp->p1];
        REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, pIn1);
      }
      if( (opProperty & OPFLG_IN2)!=0 ){
        assert( pOp->p2>=0 );
        if( pOp->p2==0 ){
          pIn2 = &pTos[-nPop];
          nPop++;
        }else{
          assert( pOp->p2<=p->nMem );
          pIn2 = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
          REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pIn2);
        }
        if( (opProperty & OPFLG_OUT3)!=0 ){
          assert( pOp->p3>=0 );
          if( pOp->p3==0 ){
            nPop--;
            if( nPop<0 ){
              assert( nPop==(-1) );
              pTos++;
              nPop = 0;
            }
            pOut = &pTos[-nPop];
          }else{
            assert( pOp->p3<=p->nMem );
            pOut = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
          }
        }
      }else if( (opProperty & OPFLG_IN3)!=0 ){
        assert( pOp->p3>=0 );
        if( pOp->p3==0 ){
          pIn3 = &pTos[-nPop];
          nPop++;
        }else{
          assert( pOp->p3<=p->nMem );
          pIn3 = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
          REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pIn3);
        }
      }else if( (opProperty & OPFLG_OUT2)!=0 ){
        assert( pOp->p2>=0 );
        if( pOp->p2==0 ){
          nPop--;
          if( nPop<0 ){
            assert( nPop==(-1) );
            pTos++;
            nPop = 0;
          }
          pOut = &pTos[-nPop];
        }else{
          assert( pOp->p2<=p->nMem );
          pOut = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
        }
      }
    }else if( (opProperty & OPFLG_IN2)!=0 ){
      assert( pOp->p2>=0 );
      if( pOp->p2==0 ){
        pIn2 = pTos;
        nPop = 1;
      }else{
        assert( pOp->p2<=p->nMem );
        pIn2 = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
        REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pIn2);
      }
    }else if( (opProperty & OPFLG_IN3)!=0 ){
      assert( pOp->p3>=0 );
      if( pOp->p3==0 ){
        pIn3 = pTos;
        nPop = 1;
      }else{
        assert( pOp->p3<=p->nMem );
        pIn3 = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
        REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pIn3);
      }
    }

    switch( pOp->opcode ){

/*****************************************************************************
** What follows is a massive switch statement where each case implements a
** separate instruction in the virtual machine.  If we follow the usual
** indentation conventions, each case should be indented by 6 spaces.  But
................................................................................
** file looking for lines that begin with "case OP_".  The opcodes.h files
** will be filled with #defines that give unique integer values to each
** opcode and the opcodes.c file is filled with an array of strings where
** each string is the symbolic name for the corresponding opcode.  If the
** case statement is followed by a comment of the form "/# same as ... #/"
** that comment is used to determine the particular value of the opcode.
**
** If a comment on the same line as the "case OP_" construction contains
** the word "no-push", then the opcode is guarenteed not to grow the 
** vdbe stack when it is executed. See function opcode() in
** vdbeaux.c for details.
**
** Documentation about VDBE opcodes is generated by scanning this file
** for lines of that contain "Opcode:".  That line and all subsequent
** comment lines are used in the generation of the opcode.html documentation
** file.
**
** SUMMARY:
**
**     Formatting is important to scripts that scan this file.
**     Do not deviate from the formatting style currently in use.
**
*****************************************************************************/

/* Opcode:  Goto * P2 *
**
** An unconditional jump to address P2.
** The next instruction executed will be 
** the one at index P2 from the beginning of
** the program.
*/
case OP_Goto: {             /* no-push, jump */
  CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT;
  pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
  break;
}

/* Opcode:  Gosub * P2 *
**
** Push the current address plus 1 onto the return address stack
** and then jump to address P2.
**
** The return address stack is of limited depth.  If too many
** OP_Gosub operations occur without intervening OP_Returns, then
** the return address stack will fill up and processing will abort
** with a fatal error.
*/
case OP_Gosub: {            /* no-push, jump */
  assert( p->returnDepth<sizeof(p->returnStack)/sizeof(p->returnStack[0]) );
  p->returnStack[p->returnDepth++] = pc+1;
  pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
  break;
}

/* Opcode:  Return * * *
**
** Jump immediately to the next instruction after the last unreturned
** OP_Gosub.  If an OP_Return has occurred for all OP_Gosubs, then
** processing aborts with a fatal error.
*/
case OP_Return: {           /* no-push */
  assert( p->returnDepth>0 );
  p->returnDepth--;
  pc = p->returnStack[p->returnDepth] - 1;
  break;
}

/* Opcode:  Halt P1 P2 P4
**
** Exit immediately.  All open cursors, Fifos, etc are closed
** automatically.
**
** P1 is the result code returned by sqlite3_exec(), sqlite3_reset(),
** or sqlite3_finalize().  For a normal halt, this should be SQLITE_OK (0).
** For errors, it can be some other value.  If P1!=0 then P2 will determine
................................................................................
**
** If P4 is not null then it is an error message string.
**
** There is an implied "Halt 0 0 0" instruction inserted at the very end of
** every program.  So a jump past the last instruction of the program
** is the same as executing Halt.
*/
case OP_Halt: {            /* no-push */
  p->pTos = pTos;
  p->rc = pOp->p1;
  p->pc = pc;
  p->errorAction = pOp->p2;
  if( pOp->p4.z ){
    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, pOp->p4.z, (char*)0);
  }
  rc = sqlite3VdbeHalt(p);
................................................................................
    p->rc = rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
  }else{
    rc = p->rc ? SQLITE_ERROR : SQLITE_DONE;
  }
  goto vdbe_return;
}

/* Opcode:  StackDepth P1 * *
**
** If P1 is less than zero, then store the current stack depth
** in P1.  If P1 is zero or greater, verify that the current stack
** depth is equal to P1 and throw an exception if it is not.
**
** This opcode is used for internal consistency checking.
*/
case OP_StackDepth: {       /* no-push */
  int n = pTos - p->aStack + 1;
  if( pOp->p1<0 ){
    pOp->p1 = n;
  }else if( pOp->p1!=n ){
    p->pTos = pTos;
    p->rc = rc = SQLITE_INTERNAL;
    p->pc = pc;
    p->errorAction = OE_Rollback;
    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, "internal error: VDBE stack leak", (char*)0);
    goto vdbe_return;
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Integer P1 P2 * * *
**
** The 32-bit integer value P1 is written into register P2, or 
** pushed onto the stack if P2==0.
*/
case OP_Integer: {         /* out2-prerelease */
  pOut->flags = MEM_Int;
  pOut->u.i = pOp->p1;
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Int64 * P2 * P4 *
**
** P4 is a pointer to a 64-bit integer value.
** Write that value into register P2 or push onto the stack if P2 is 0.
*/
case OP_Int64: {           /* out2-prerelease */
  assert( pOp->p4.pI64!=0 );
  pOut->flags = MEM_Int;
  pOut->u.i = *pOp->p4.pI64;
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Real * P2 * P4 *
**
** P4 is a pointer to a 64-bit floating point value.
** Write that value into register P2 or push onto the stack if P2 is 0.
*/
case OP_Real: {            /* same as TK_FLOAT, out2-prerelease */
  pOut->flags = MEM_Real;
  pOut->r = *pOp->p4.pReal;
  break;
}

................................................................................
    goto too_big;
  }
  /* Fall through to the next case, OP_String */
}
  
/* Opcode: String P1 P2 * P4 *
**
** The string value P4 of length P1 (bytes) is stored in register P2
** or is pushed onto the stack if P2==0.
*/
case OP_String: {          /* out2-prerelease */
  assert( pOp->p4.z!=0 );
  pOut->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Static|MEM_Term;
  pOut->z = pOp->p4.z;
  pOut->n = pOp->p1;
  pOut->enc = encoding;
  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Null * P2 * * *
**
** Write a NULL into register P2 or push a NULL onto the stack 
** if P2==0.
*/
case OP_Null: {           /* out2-prerelease */
  break;
}


#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL
/* Opcode: HexBlob * P2 * P4 *
**
** P4 is an UTF-8 SQL hex encoding of a blob. The blob is stored in
** register P2 or pushed onto the stack if P2 is zero.
**
** The first time this instruction executes, in transforms itself into a
** 'Blob' opcode with a binary blob as P4.
*/
case OP_HexBlob: {            /* same as TK_BLOB, out2-prerelease */
  pOp->opcode = OP_Blob;
  pOp->p1 = strlen(pOp->p4.z)/2;
................................................................................
  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
  break;
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL */

/* Opcode: Variable P1 P2 * * *
**
** The value of variable P1 is written into register P2 or pushed
** onto the stack if P2 is zero.  A variable is
** an unknown in the original SQL string as handed to sqlite3_compile().
** Any occurance of the '?' character in the original SQL is considered
** a variable.  Variables in the SQL string are number from left to
** right beginning with 1.  The values of variables are set using the
** sqlite3_bind() API.
*/
case OP_Variable: {           /* out2-prerelease */
................................................................................
  sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pOut, &p->aVar[j], MEM_Static);
  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Move P1 P2 * * *
**
** Move the value in P1 into P2.  If P1 is positive then read from the
** P1-th register.  If P1 is zero or negative read from the stack.
** When P1 is 0 read from the top the stack.  When P1 is -1 read from
** the next entry down on the stack.  And so forth.
**
** If P2 is zero, push the new value onto the top of the stack.  
** If P2 is positive, write into the P2-th register.
**
** If P1 is zero then the stack is popped once.  The stack is
** unchanged for all other values of P1.  The P1 value contains
** a NULL after this operation.
*/
/* Opcode: Copy P1 P2 * * *
**
** Make a copy of P1 into P2.  If P1 is positive then read from the
** P1-th register.  If P1 is zero or negative read from the stack.
** When P1 is 0 read from the top the stack.  When P1 is -1 read from
** the next entry down on the stack.  And so forth.
**
** If P2 is zero, push the new value onto the top of the stack.  
** If P2 is positive, write into the P2-th register.
**
** This instruction makes a deep copy of the value.  A duplicate
** is made of any string or blob constant.  See also OP_SCopy.
*/
/* Opcode: SCopy P1 P2 * * *
**
** Make a shallow copy of P1 into P2.  If P1 is positive then read from the
** P1-th register.  If P1 is zero or negative read from the stack.
** When P1 is 0 read from the top the stack.  When P1 is -1 read from
** the next entry down on the stack.  And so forth.
**
** If P2 is zero, push the new value onto the top of the stack.  
** If P2 is positive, write into the P2-th register.
**
** This instruction makes a shallow copy of the value.  If the value
** is a string or blob, then the copy is only a pointer to the
** original and hence if the original changes so will the copy.
** Worse, if the original is deallocated, the copy becomes invalid.
** Thus the program must guarantee that the original will not change
** during the lifetime of the copy.  Use OP_Copy to make a complete
** copy.
*/
case OP_Move:
case OP_Copy:
case OP_SCopy: {
  if( pOp->p1<=0 ){
    pIn1 = &pTos[pOp->p1];
    assert( pIn1>=p->aStack );
  }else{
    assert( pOp->p1<=p->nMem );
    pIn1 = &p->aMem[pOp->p1];
    REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, pIn1);
  }
  assert( pOp->p2>=0 );
  if( pOp->p2==0 ){
    pOut = ++pTos;
    pOut->flags = MEM_Null;
  }else{
    assert( pOp->p2<=p->nMem );
    pOut = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
  }
  assert( pOut!=pIn1 );
  if( pOp->opcode==OP_Move ){
    rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMove(pOut, pIn1);
    if( pOp->p1==0 ) pTos--;
  }else{
    Release(pOut);
    sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pOut, pIn1, MEM_Ephem);
    if( pOp->opcode==OP_Copy ){
      Deephemeralize(pOut);
    }
  }
  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pOut);
  break;
}

/* Opcode: ResultRow P1 P2 *
**
** The registers P1 throught P1+P2-1 contain a single row of
** results. This opcode causes the sqlite3_step() call to terminate
** with an SQLITE_ROW return code and it sets up the sqlite3_stmt
** structure to provide access to the top P1 values as the result
** row.  When the sqlite3_step() function is run again, the top P1
** values will be automatically popped from the stack before the next
** instruction executes.
*/
case OP_ResultRow: {            /* no-push */
  Mem *pMem;
  int i;
  assert( p->nResColumn==pOp->p2 );
  assert( pOp->p1>0 );
  assert( pOp->p1+pOp->p2<=p->nMem );

  /* Data in the pager might be moved or changed out from under us
  ** in between the return from this sqlite3_step() call and the
  ** next call to sqlite3_step().  So deephermeralize everything on 
  ** the stack.  Note that ephemeral data is never stored in memory 
  ** cells so we do not have to worry about them.
  */
  for(pMem = p->aStack; pMem<=pTos; pMem++){
    Deephemeralize(pMem);
  }

  /* Invalidate all ephemeral cursor row caches */
  p->cacheCtr = (p->cacheCtr + 2)|1;

  /* Make sure the results of the current row are \000 terminated
  ** and have an assigned type.  The results are deephemeralized as
  ** as side effect.
  */
................................................................................
    sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(&pMem[i]);
    storeTypeInfo(&pMem[i], encoding);
  }

  /* Return SQLITE_ROW
  */
  p->nCallback++;
  p->popStack = 0;
  p->pc = pc + 1;
  p->pTos = pTos;
  rc = SQLITE_ROW;
  goto vdbe_return;
}

/* Opcode: Concat P1 P2 P3 * *
**
** Add the text in register P1 onto the end of the text in
................................................................................
*/
/* Opcode: Subtract P1 P2 P3 * *
**
** Subtract the value in P1 from the value in P2 and store the result
** in P3.
** If either operand is NULL, the result is NULL.
*/
/* Opcode: Divide * * *
**
** Divide the value in P1 by the value in P2 and store the result
** in P3.  If the value in P2 is zero, then the result is NULL.
** If either operand is NULL, the result is NULL.
*/
/* Opcode: Remainder * * *
**
** Compute the remainder after integer division of the value in
** register P1 by the value in register P2 and store the result in P3. 
** If the value in register P2 is zero the result is NULL.
** If either operand is NULL, the result is NULL.
*/
case OP_Add:                   /* same as TK_PLUS, in1, in2, out3 */
................................................................................
** be returned. This is used by the built-in min(), max() and nullif()
** functions.
**
** The interface used by the implementation of the aforementioned functions
** to retrieve the collation sequence set by this opcode is not available
** publicly, only to user functions defined in func.c.
*/
case OP_CollSeq: {             /* no-push */
  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_COLLSEQ );
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Function P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
**
** Invoke a user function (P4 is a pointer to a Function structure that
** defines the function) with P5 arguments taken from register P2 and
** successors, or if P2==0 from the stack.  The result of the function
** is stored in register P3 or on the stack if P3==0.
**
** P1 is a 32-bit bitmask indicating whether or not each argument to the 
** function was determined to be constant at compile time. If the first
** argument was constant then bit 0 of P1 is set. This is used to determine
** whether meta data associated with a user function argument using the
** sqlite3_set_auxdata() API may be safely retained until the next
** invocation of this opcode.
................................................................................
  sqlite3_context ctx;
  sqlite3_value **apVal;
  int n = pOp->p5;

  apVal = p->apArg;
  assert( apVal || n==0 );

  if( pOp->p2==0 ){
    pArg = &pTos[1-n];
  }else{
    pArg = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
  }
  for(i=0; i<n; i++, pArg++){
    apVal[i] = pArg;
    storeTypeInfo(pArg, encoding);
    REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pArg);
  }

  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_FUNCDEF || pOp->p4type==P4_VDBEFUNC );
................................................................................
    ** Note: Maybe MemRelease() should be called if sqlite3SafetyOn()
    ** fails also (the if(...) statement above). But if people are
    ** misusing sqlite, they have bigger problems than a leaked value.
    */
    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&ctx.s);
    goto no_mem;
  }
  if( pOp->p2==0 ){
    popStack(&pTos, n);
  }

  /* If any auxilary data functions have been called by this user function,
  ** immediately call the destructor for any non-static values.
  */
  if( ctx.pVdbeFunc ){
    sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(ctx.pVdbeFunc, pOp->p1);
    pOp->p4.pVdbeFunc = ctx.pVdbeFunc;
................................................................................

  /* If the function returned an error, throw an exception */
  if( ctx.isError ){
    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, sqlite3_value_text(&ctx.s), (char*)0);
    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
  }

  /* Copy the result of the function to the top of the stack */
  sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(&ctx.s, encoding);
  if( pOp->p3==0 ){
    pOut = ++pTos;
  }else{
    pOut = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
  }
  sqlite3VdbeMemMove(pOut, &ctx.s);
  if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(pOut) ){
    goto too_big;
  }
  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pOut);
  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
  break;
................................................................................
/* Opcode: AddImm  P1 P2 * * *
** 
** Add P2 the value in register P1.
** The result is always an integer.
**
** To force any register to be an integer, just add 0.
*/
case OP_AddImm: {            /* no-push, in1 */
  nPop = 0;
  sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn1);
  pIn1->u.i += pOp->p2;
  break;
}

/* Opcode: ForceInt P1 P2 P3 * *
**
................................................................................
** in P1 is not numeric (meaning that is is a NULL or a string that
** does not look like an integer or floating point number) then
** jump to P2.  If the value in P1 is numeric then
** convert it into the least integer that is greater than or equal to its
** current value if P3==0, or to the least integer that is strictly
** greater than its current value if P3==1.
*/
case OP_ForceInt: {            /* no-push, jump, in1 */
  i64 v;
  applyAffinity(pIn1, SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC, encoding);
  if( (pIn1->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real))==0 ){
    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
    break;
  }
  nPop = 0;
  if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Int ){
    v = pIn1->u.i + (pOp->p3!=0);
  }else{
    assert( pIn1->flags & MEM_Real );
    v = (sqlite3_int64)pIn1->r;
    if( pIn1->r>(double)v ) v++;
    if( pOp->p3 && pIn1->r==(double)v ) v++;
................................................................................
  }
  Release(pIn1);
  pIn1->u.i = v;
  pIn1->flags = MEM_Int;
  break;
}

/* Opcode: MustBeInt P1 P2 P3
** 
** Force the value in register P1 to be an integer.  If P1==0 then
** use the top of the stack.  If the value in P1 
** is not an integer and cannot be converted into an integer
** without data loss, then jump immediately to P2, or if P2==0
** raise an SQLITE_MISMATCH exception.
**
** If the P1==0 and the top of the stack is not an integer
** and P2 is not zero and P3 is 1, then the stack is popped.
** In all other cases, the depth of the stack is unchanged.
*/
case OP_MustBeInt: {            /* no-push, jump, in1 */
  nPop = 0;
  applyAffinity(pIn1, SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC, encoding);
  if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Int)==0 ){
    if( pOp->p2==0 ){
      rc = SQLITE_MISMATCH;
      goto abort_due_to_error;
    }else{
      if( pOp->p3 && pOp->p1==0 ){
        popStack(&pTos, 1);
      }
      pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
    }
  }else{
    Release(pIn1);
    pIn1->flags = MEM_Int;
  }
  break;
................................................................................
** If register P1 holds an integer convert it to a real value.
**
** This opcode is used when extracting information from a column that
** has REAL affinity.  Such column values may still be stored as
** integers, for space efficiency, but after extraction we want them
** to have only a real value.
*/
case OP_RealAffinity: {                  /* no-push, in1 */
  nPop = 0;
  if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Int ){
    sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(pIn1);
  }
  break;
}

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST
................................................................................
** Force the value in register P1 to be text.
** If the value is numeric, convert it to a string using the
** equivalent of printf().  Blob values are unchanged and
** are afterwards simply interpreted as text.
**
** A NULL value is not changed by this routine.  It remains NULL.
*/
case OP_ToText: {                  /* same as TK_TO_TEXT, no-push, in1 */
  nPop = 0;
  if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ) break;
  assert( MEM_Str==(MEM_Blob>>3) );
  pIn1->flags |= (pIn1->flags&MEM_Blob)>>3;
  applyAffinity(pIn1, SQLITE_AFF_TEXT, encoding);
  rc = ExpandBlob(pIn1);
  assert( pIn1->flags & MEM_Str );
  pIn1->flags &= ~(MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Blob);
................................................................................
** Force the value in register P1 to be a BLOB.
** If the value is numeric, convert it to a string first.
** Strings are simply reinterpreted as blobs with no change
** to the underlying data.
**
** A NULL value is not changed by this routine.  It remains NULL.
*/
case OP_ToBlob: {                  /* same as TK_TO_BLOB, no-push, in1 */
  nPop = 0;
  if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ) break;
  if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Blob)==0 ){
    applyAffinity(pIn1, SQLITE_AFF_TEXT, encoding);
    assert( pIn1->flags & MEM_Str );
    pIn1->flags |= MEM_Blob;
  }
  pIn1->flags &= ~(MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Str);
................................................................................
** integer or a floating-point number.)
** If the value is text or blob, try to convert it to an using the
** equivalent of atoi() or atof() and store 0 if no such conversion 
** is possible.
**
** A NULL value is not changed by this routine.  It remains NULL.
*/
case OP_ToNumeric: {                  /* same as TK_TO_NUMERIC, no-push, in1 */
  nPop = 0;
  if( (pIn1->flags & (MEM_Null|MEM_Int|MEM_Real))==0 ){
    sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(pIn1);
  }
  break;
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_CAST */

................................................................................
** Force the value in register P1 be an integer.  If
** The value is currently a real number, drop its fractional part.
** If the value is text or blob, try to convert it to an integer using the
** equivalent of atoi() and store 0 if no such conversion is possible.
**
** A NULL value is not changed by this routine.  It remains NULL.
*/
case OP_ToInt: {                  /* same as TK_TO_INT, no-push, in1 */
  nPop = 0;
  if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)==0 ){
    sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn1);
  }
  break;
}

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST
................................................................................
** Force the value in register P1 to be a floating point number.
** If The value is currently an integer, convert it.
** If the value is text or blob, try to convert it to an integer using the
** equivalent of atoi() and store 0 if no such conversion is possible.
**
** A NULL value is not changed by this routine.  It remains NULL.
*/
case OP_ToReal: {                  /* same as TK_TO_REAL, no-push, in1 */
  nPop = 0;
  if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)==0 ){
    sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(pIn1);
  }
  break;
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_CAST */

................................................................................
** numeric, then a numeric comparison is used. If the two values
** are of different types, then numbers are considered less than
** strings and strings are considered less than blobs.
**
** If the SQLITE_STOREP2 bit of P5 is set, then do not jump.  Instead,
** store a boolean result (either 0, or 1, or NULL) in register P2.
*/
/* Opcode: Ne P1 P2 P4
**
** This works just like the Lt opcode except that the jump is taken if
** the operands in registers P1 and P3 are not equal.  See the Lt opcode for
** additional information.
*/
/* Opcode: Eq P1 P2 P4
**
** This works just like the Lt opcode except that the jump is taken if
** the operands in registers P1 and P3 are equal.
** See the Lt opcode for additional information.
*/
/* Opcode: Le P1 P2 P4
**
** This works just like the Lt opcode except that the jump is taken if
** the content of register P3 is less than or equal to the content of
** register P1.  See the Lt opcode for additional information.
*/
/* Opcode: Gt P1 P2 P4
**
** This works just like the Lt opcode except that the jump is taken if
** the content of register P3 is greater than the content of
** register P1.  See the Lt opcode for additional information.
*/
/* Opcode: Ge P1 P2 P4
**
** This works just like the Lt opcode except that the jump is taken if
** the content of register P3 is greater than or equal to the content of
** register P1.  See the Lt opcode for additional information.
*/
case OP_Eq:               /* same as TK_EQ, no-push, jump, in1, in3 */
case OP_Ne:               /* same as TK_NE, no-push, jump, in1, in3 */
case OP_Lt:               /* same as TK_LT, no-push, jump, in1, in3 */
case OP_Le:               /* same as TK_LE, no-push, jump, in1, in3 */
case OP_Gt:               /* same as TK_GT, no-push, jump, in1, in3 */
case OP_Ge: {             /* same as TK_GE, no-push, jump, in1, in3 */
  int flags;
  int res;
  char affinity;
  Mem x1, x3;

  flags = pIn1->flags|pIn3->flags;

  /* If either value is a NULL P2 is not zero, take the jump if the least
  ** significant byte of P1 is true. If P2 is zero, then push a NULL onto
  ** the stack.
  */
  if( flags&MEM_Null ){
    if( (pOp->p5 & SQLITE_NULLEQUAL)!=0 ){
      /*
      ** When SQLITE_NULLEQUAL set and either operand is NULL
      ** then both operands are converted to integers prior to being 
      ** passed down into the normal comparison logic below.  
      ** NULL operands are converted to zero and non-NULL operands
................................................................................

/* Opcode: Not P1 * * * *
**
** Interpret the value in register P1 as a boolean value.  Replace it
** with its complement.  If the value in register P1 is NULL its value
** is unchanged.
*/
case OP_Not: {                /* same as TK_NOT, no-push, in1 */
  nPop = 0;
  if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ) break;  /* Do nothing to NULLs */
  sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn1);
  pIn1->u.i = !pIn1->u.i;
  assert( pIn1->flags==MEM_Int );
  break;
}

/* Opcode: BitNot P1 * * * *
**
** Interpret the content of register P1 as an integer.  Replace it
** with its ones-complement.  If the value is originally NULL, leave
** it unchanged.
*/
case OP_BitNot: {             /* same as TK_BITNOT, no-push, in1 */
  nPop = 0;
  if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ) break;  /* Do nothing to NULLs */
  sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn1);
  pIn1->u.i = ~pIn1->u.i;
  assert( pIn1->flags==MEM_Int );
  break;
}

................................................................................
/*
** The magic Explain opcode are only inserted when explain==2 (which
** is to say when the EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN syntax is used.)
** This opcode records information from the optimizer.  It is the
** the same as a no-op.  This opcodesnever appears in a real VM program.
*/
case OP_Explain:
case OP_Noop: {            /* no-push */
  break;
}

/* Opcode: If P1 P2 P3 * *
**
** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is true.  The value is
** is considered true if it is numeric and non-zero.  If the value
................................................................................
*/
/* Opcode: IfNot P1 P2 P3 * *
**
** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is False.  The value is
** is considered true if it has a numeric value of zero.  If the value
** in P1 is NULL then take the jump if P3 is true.
*/
case OP_If:                 /* no-push, jump, in1 */
case OP_IfNot: {            /* no-push, jump, in1 */
  int c;
  if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ){
    c = pOp->p3;
  }else{
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
    c = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1);
#else
................................................................................
}

/* Opcode: IsNull P1 P2 P3 * *
**
** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is NULL.  If P3 is greater
** than zero, then check all values reg(P1), reg(P1+1), 
** reg(P1+2), ..., reg(P1+P3-1).
**
** If P1 is 0 then use the top of the stack instead of a register
** and pop the stack regardless of whether or not the jump is taken.
*/
case OP_IsNull: {            /* same as TK_ISNULL, no-push, jump, in1 */
  int n = pOp->p3;
  assert( pOp->p3==0 || pOp->p1>0 );
  do{
    if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)!=0 ){
      pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
      break;
    }
................................................................................
  }while( --n > 0 );
  break;
}

/* Opcode: NotNull P1 P2 * * *
**
** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is not NULL.  
**
** If P1 is 0 then use the top of the stack instead of a register
** and pop the stack regardless of whether or not the jump is taken.
*/
case OP_NotNull: {            /* same as TK_NOTNULL, no-push, jump, in1 */
  if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)==0 ){
    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: SetNumColumns P1 P2 * * *
................................................................................
** opcode must be called to set the number of fields in the table.
**
** This opcode sets the number of columns for cursor P1 to P2.
**
** If OP_KeyAsData is to be applied to cursor P1, it must be executed
** before this op-code.
*/
case OP_SetNumColumns: {       /* no-push */
  Cursor *pC;
  assert( (pOp->p1)<p->nCursor );
  assert( p->apCsr[pOp->p1]!=0 );
  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
  pC->nField = pOp->p2;
  break;
}
................................................................................
**
** Interpret the data that cursor P1 points to as a structure built using
** the MakeRecord instruction.  (See the MakeRecord opcode for additional
** information about the format of the data.)  Extract the P2-th column
** from this record.  If there are less that (P2+1) 
** values in the record, extract a NULL.
**
** The value extracted is pushed onto the stack.  Or if P3 is a positive
** non-zero integer register number, then the value is written into that
** register.
**
** If the KeyAsData opcode has previously executed on this cursor, then the
** field might be extracted from the key rather than the data.
**
** If the column contains fewer than P2 fields, then extract a NULL.  Or,
** if the P4 argument is a P4_MEM use the value of the P4 argument as
** the result.
................................................................................
  int i;             /* Loop counter */
  char *zData;       /* Part of the record being decoded */
  Mem *pDest;        /* Where to write the extracted value */
  Mem sMem;          /* For storing the record being decoded */

  sMem.flags = 0;
  assert( p1<p->nCursor );
  if( pOp->p3>0 ){
    pDest = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
  }else{
    pDest = ++pTos;
  }
  sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pDest);

  /* This block sets the variable payloadSize to be the total number of
  ** bytes in the record.
  **
  ** zRec is set to be the complete text of the record if it is available.
  ** The complete record text is always available for pseudo-tables
  ** If the record is stored in a cursor, the complete record text
  ** might be available in the  pC->aRow cache.  Or it might not be.
  ** If the data is unavailable,  zRec is set to NULL.
  **
  ** We also compute the number of columns in the record.  For cursors,
  ** the number of columns is stored in the Cursor.nField element.  For
  ** records on the stack, the next entry down on the stack is an integer
  ** which is the number of records.
  */
  pC = p->apCsr[p1];
  assert( pC!=0 );
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
  assert( pC->pVtabCursor==0 );
#endif
  if( pC->pCursor!=0 ){
................................................................................
  }else{
    zRec = 0;
    payloadSize = 0;
    pCrsr = 0;
    nField = 0;
  }

  /* If payloadSize is 0, then just push a NULL onto the stack. */
  if( payloadSize==0 ){
    assert( pDest->flags==MEM_Null );
    goto op_column_out;
  }
  if( payloadSize>SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH ){
    goto too_big;
  }
................................................................................
        aOffset[i] = offset;
        zIdx += GetVarint(zIdx, aType[i]);
        offset += sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(aType[i]);
      }else{
        /* If i is less that nField, then there are less fields in this
        ** record than SetNumColumns indicated there are columns in the
        ** table. Set the offset for any extra columns not present in
        ** the record to 0. This tells code below to push a NULL onto the
        ** stack instead of deserializing a value from the record.
        */
        aOffset[i] = 0;
      }
    }
    Release(&sMem);
    sMem.flags = MEM_Null;

................................................................................
** the OP_Column opcode can decode the record later and as long as the
** sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare function will correctly compare two encoded
** records.  Refer to source code comments for the details of the record
** format.
**
** P4 may be a string that is P1 characters long.  The nth character of the
** string indicates the column affinity that should be used for the nth
** field of the index key (i.e. the first character of P4 corresponds to the
** lowest element on the stack).
**
** The mapping from character to affinity is given by the SQLITE_AFF_
** macros defined in sqliteInt.h.
**
** If P4 is NULL then all index fields have the affinity NONE.
*/
case OP_MakeRecord: {
................................................................................
  /* Assuming the record contains N fields, the record format looks
  ** like this:
  **
  ** ------------------------------------------------------------------------
  ** | hdr-size | type 0 | type 1 | ... | type N-1 | data0 | ... | data N-1 | 
  ** ------------------------------------------------------------------------
  **
  ** Data(0) is taken from the lowest element of the stack and data(N-1) is
  ** the top of the stack.
  **
  ** Each type field is a varint representing the serial type of the 
  ** corresponding data element (see sqlite3VdbeSerialType()). The
  ** hdr-size field is also a varint which is the offset from the beginning
  ** of the record to data0.
  */
  u8 *zNewRecord;        /* A buffer to hold the data for the new record */
................................................................................
    i += sqlite3PutVarint(&zNewRecord[i], serial_type);      /* serial type */
  }
  for(pRec=pData0; pRec<=pLast; pRec++){  /* serial data */
    i += sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(&zNewRecord[i], nByte-i, pRec, file_format);
  }
  assert( i==nByte );

  if( pOp->p3==0 ){
    pOut = ++pTos;
  }else{
    pOut = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
    Release(pOut);
  }
  pOut->n = nByte;
  if( nByte<=sizeof(zTemp) ){
    assert( zNewRecord==(unsigned char *)zTemp );
    pOut->z = pOut->zShort;
    memcpy(pOut->zShort, zTemp, nByte);
    pOut->flags = MEM_Blob | MEM_Short;
  }else{
................................................................................
** entire transaction.  The statement transaction will automatically
** commit when the VDBE halts.
**
** The statement is begun on the database file with index P1.  The main
** database file has an index of 0 and the file used for temporary tables
** has an index of 1.
*/
case OP_Statement: {       /* no-push */
  int i = pOp->p1;
  Btree *pBt;
  if( i>=0 && i<db->nDb && (pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt)!=0
        && (db->autoCommit==0 || db->activeVdbeCnt>1) ){
    assert( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt) );
    assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<<i))!=0 );
    if( !sqlite3BtreeIsInStmt(pBt) ){
................................................................................
**
** Set the database auto-commit flag to P1 (1 or 0). If P2 is true, roll
** back any currently active btree transactions. If there are any active
** VMs (apart from this one), then the COMMIT or ROLLBACK statement fails.
**
** This instruction causes the VM to halt.
*/
case OP_AutoCommit: {       /* no-push */
  u8 i = pOp->p1;
  u8 rollback = pOp->p2;

  assert( i==1 || i==0 );
  assert( i==1 || rollback==0 );

  assert( db->activeVdbeCnt>0 );  /* At least this one VM is active */
................................................................................
    if( pOp->p2 ){
      assert( i==1 );
      sqlite3RollbackAll(db);
      db->autoCommit = 1;
    }else{
      db->autoCommit = i;
      if( sqlite3VdbeHalt(p)==SQLITE_BUSY ){
        p->pTos = pTos;
        p->pc = pc;
        db->autoCommit = 1-i;
        p->rc = rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
        goto vdbe_return;
      }
    }
    if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
................................................................................
** underway.  Starting a write transaction also creates a rollback journal. A
** write transaction must be started before any changes can be made to the
** database.  If P2 is 2 or greater then an EXCLUSIVE lock is also obtained
** on the file.
**
** If P2 is zero, then a read-lock is obtained on the database file.
*/
case OP_Transaction: {       /* no-push */
  int i = pOp->p1;
  Btree *pBt;

  assert( i>=0 && i<db->nDb );
  assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<<i))!=0 );
  pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;

  if( pBt ){
    rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pBt, pOp->p2);
    if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
      p->pc = pc;
      p->rc = rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
      p->pTos = pTos;
      goto vdbe_return;
    }
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_READONLY /* && rc!=SQLITE_BUSY */ ){
      goto abort_due_to_error;
    }
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: ReadCookie P1 P2 P3 * *
**
** Read cookie number P3 from database P1 and write it into register
** P2 or push it onto the stack if P2==0.
** P3==0 is the schema version.  P3==1 is the database format.
** P3==2 is the recommended pager cache size, and so forth.  P1==0 is
** the main database file and P1==1 is the database file used to store
** temporary tables.
**
** If P1 is negative, then this is a request to read the size of a
** databases free-list. P3 must be set to 1 in this case. The actual
................................................................................
** P2==0 is the schema version.  P2==1 is the database format.
** P2==2 is the recommended pager cache size, and so forth.  P1==0 is
** the main database file and P1==1 is the database file used to store
** temporary tables.
**
** A transaction must be started before executing this opcode.
*/
case OP_SetCookie: {       /* no-push, in3 */
  Db *pDb;
  assert( pOp->p2<SQLITE_N_BTREE_META );
  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
  assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<<pOp->p1))!=0 );
  pDb = &db->aDb[pOp->p1];
  assert( pDb->pBt!=0 );
  sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn3);
................................................................................
** This operation is used to detect when that the cookie has changed
** and that the current process needs to reread the schema.
**
** Either a transaction needs to have been started or an OP_Open needs
** to be executed (to establish a read lock) before this opcode is
** invoked.
*/
case OP_VerifyCookie: {       /* no-push */
  int iMeta;
  Btree *pBt;
  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
  assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<<pOp->p1))!=0 );
  pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt;
  if( pBt ){
    rc = sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(pBt, 1, (u32 *)&iMeta);
................................................................................
**
** This instruction works just like OpenRead except that it opens the cursor
** in read/write mode.  For a given table, there can be one or more read-only
** cursors or a single read/write cursor but not both.
**
** See also OpenRead.
*/
case OP_OpenRead:          /* no-push */
case OP_OpenWrite: {       /* no-push */
  int i = pOp->p1;
  int p2 = pOp->p2;
  int iDb = pOp->p3;
  int wrFlag;
  Btree *pX;
  Cursor *pCur;
  Db *pDb;
................................................................................
    if( pDb->pSchema->file_format < p->minWriteFileFormat ){
      p->minWriteFileFormat = pDb->pSchema->file_format;
    }
  }else{
    wrFlag = 0;
  }
  if( pOp->p5 ){
    if( p2==0 ){
      assert( pTos>=p->aStack );
      sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pTos);
      p2 = pTos->u.i;
      assert( (pTos->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 );
      pTos--;
    }else{
      assert( p2<=p->nMem );
      pIn2 = &p->aMem[p2];
      sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn2);
      p2 = pIn2->u.i;
    }
    assert( p2>=2 );
  }
  assert( i>=0 );
  pCur = allocateCursor(p, i, iDb);
  if( pCur==0 ) goto no_mem;
  pCur->nullRow = 1;
  if( pX==0 ) break;
................................................................................
    pCur->pKeyInfo = 0;
    pCur->pIncrKey = &pCur->bogusIncrKey;
  }
  switch( rc ){
    case SQLITE_BUSY: {
      p->pc = pc;
      p->rc = rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
      p->pTos = &pTos[(pOp->p2<=0)]; /* Operands must remain on stack */
      goto vdbe_return;
    }
    case SQLITE_OK: {
      int flags = sqlite3BtreeFlags(pCur->pCursor);
      /* Sanity checking.  Only the lower four bits of the flags byte should
      ** be used.  Bit 3 (mask 0x08) is unpreditable.  The lower 3 bits
      ** (mask 0x07) should be either 5 (intkey+leafdata for tables) or
................................................................................
**
** This opcode was once called OpenTemp.  But that created
** confusion because the term "temp table", might refer either
** to a TEMP table at the SQL level, or to a table opened by
** this opcode.  Then this opcode was call OpenVirtual.  But
** that created confusion with the whole virtual-table idea.
*/
case OP_OpenEphemeral: {       /* no-push */
  int i = pOp->p1;
  Cursor *pCx;
  static const int openFlags = 
      SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE |
      SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE |
      SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE |
      SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE |
................................................................................
** closed.
**
** A pseudo-table created by this opcode is useful for holding the
** NEW or OLD tables in a trigger.  Also used to hold the a single
** row output from the sorter so that the row can be decomposed into
** individual columns using the OP_Column opcode.
*/
case OP_OpenPseudo: {       /* no-push */
  int i = pOp->p1;
  Cursor *pCx;
  assert( i>=0 );
  pCx = allocateCursor(p, i, -1);
  if( pCx==0 ) goto no_mem;
  pCx->nullRow = 1;
  pCx->pseudoTable = 1;
................................................................................
}

/* Opcode: Close P1 * * * *
**
** Close a cursor previously opened as P1.  If P1 is not
** currently open, this instruction is a no-op.
*/
case OP_Close: {       /* no-push */
  int i = pOp->p1;
  if( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor ){
    sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p, p->apCsr[i]);
    p->apCsr[i] = 0;
  }
  break;
}
................................................................................
** cursor P1 so that it points to the smallest entry that is greater
** than or equal to the key in register P3.
** If there are no records greater than or equal to the key and P2 
** is not zero, then jump to P2.
**
** See also: Found, NotFound, Distinct, MoveLt, MoveGt, MoveLe
*/
/* Opcode: MoveGt P1 P2 *
**
** Use the value in register P3 as a key.  Reposition
** cursor P1 so that it points to the smallest entry that is greater
** than the key in register P3.
** If there are no records greater than the key and P2 is not zero,
** then jump to P2.
**
** See also: Found, NotFound, Distinct, MoveLt, MoveGe, MoveLe
*/
/* Opcode: MoveLt P1 P2 *
**
** Use the value in register P3 as a key.  Reposition
** cursor P1 so that it points to the largest entry that is less
** than the key in register P3.
** If there are no records less than the key and P2 is not zero,
** then jump to P2.
**
** See also: Found, NotFound, Distinct, MoveGt, MoveGe, MoveLe
*/
/* Opcode: MoveLe P1 P2 *
**
** Use the value in register P3 as a key.  Reposition
** cursor P1 so that it points to the largest entry that is less than
** or equal to the key.
** If there are no records less than or eqal to the key and P2 is not zero,
** then jump to P2.
**
** See also: Found, NotFound, Distinct, MoveGt, MoveGe, MoveLt
*/
case OP_MoveLt:         /* no-push, jump, in3 */
case OP_MoveLe:         /* no-push, jump, in3 */
case OP_MoveGe:         /* no-push, jump, in3 */
case OP_MoveGt: {       /* no-push, jump, in3 */
  int i = pOp->p1;
  Cursor *pC;

  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
  pC = p->apCsr[i];
  assert( pC!=0 );
  if( pC->pCursor!=0 ){
................................................................................
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Found P1 P2 P3 * *
**
** Register P3 holds a blob constructed by MakeRecord.  P1 is an index.
** If an entry that matches the top of the stack exists in P1 then
** jump to P2.  If the top of the stack does not match any entry in P1
** then fall thru.  The P1 cursor is left pointing at the matching entry
** if it exists.
**
** This instruction is used to implement the IN operator where the
** left-hand side is a SELECT statement.  P1 may be a true index, or it
** may be a temporary index that holds the results of the SELECT
** statement.   This instruction is also used to implement the
** DISTINCT keyword in SELECT statements.
**
** This instruction checks if index P1 contains a record for which 
** the first N serialised values exactly match the N serialised values
** in the record on the stack, where N is the total number of values in
** the stack record (stack record is a prefix of the P1 record). 
**
** See also: NotFound, MoveTo, IsUnique, NotExists
*/
/* Opcode: NotFound P1 P2 P3 * *
**
** Register P3 holds a blob constructed by MakeRecord.  P1 is
** an index.  If no entry exists in P1 that matches the blob then jump
** to P2.  If an entry does existing, fall through.  The cursor is left
** pointing to the entry that matches.  The blob is popped from the stack.
**
** The difference between this operation and Distinct is that
** Distinct does not pop the key from the stack.
**
** See also: Distinct, Found, MoveTo, NotExists, IsUnique
*/
case OP_NotFound:       /* no-push, jump, in3 */
case OP_Found: {        /* no-push, jump, in3 */
  int i = pOp->p1;
  int alreadyExists = 0;
  Cursor *pC;
  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
  assert( p->apCsr[i]!=0 );
  if( (pC = p->apCsr[i])->pCursor!=0 ){
    int res;
................................................................................
** fields matches K but the rowid is different from R.
** If there is no such entry, then there is an immediate
** jump to P2.  If any entry does exist where the index string
** matches K but the record number is not R, then the record
** number for that entry is written into P3 and control
** falls through to the next instruction.
**
** See also: Distinct, NotFound, NotExists, Found
*/
case OP_IsUnique: {        /* no-push, jump, in3 */
  int i = pOp->p1;
  Cursor *pCx;
  BtCursor *pCrsr;
  Mem *pK;
  i64 R;

  /* Pop the value R off the top of the stack
  */
  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 );
  if( pOp->p4.i==0 ){
    assert( pOp->p3==0 );
    pK = &pIn3[-1];
  }else{
    pK = &p->aMem[pOp->p4.i];
  }
  sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn3);
  R = pIn3->u.i;
  assert( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 );
  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
  pCx = p->apCsr[i];
  assert( pCx!=0 );
  pCrsr = pCx->pCursor;
................................................................................
      goto abort_due_to_error;
    }
    if( v==R ){
      pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
      break;
    }

    /* The final varint of the key is different from R.  Push it onto
    ** the stack.  (The record number of an entry that violates a UNIQUE
    ** constraint.)
    */
    nPop = 0;
    pIn3->u.i = v;
    assert( pIn3->flags==MEM_Int );
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: NotExists P1 P2 P3
**
** Use the top of the stack as a integer key. Or, if P3 is non-zero,
** use the contents of register P3 as an integer key. If a record 
** with that key does not exist in table of P1, then jump to P2. 
** If the record does exist, then fall thru.  The cursor is left 
** pointing to the record if it exists. The integer key is popped 
** from the stack if P3==0.
**
** The difference between this operation and NotFound is that this
** operation assumes the key is an integer and that P1 is a table whereas
** NotFound assumes key is a blob constructed from MakeRecord and
** P1 is an index.
**
** See also: Distinct, Found, MoveTo, NotFound, IsUnique
*/
case OP_NotExists: {        /* no-push, jump, in3 */
  int i = pOp->p1;
  Cursor *pC;
  BtCursor *pCrsr;
  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
  assert( p->apCsr[i]!=0 );
  if( (pCrsr = (pC = p->apCsr[i])->pCursor)!=0 ){
    int res;
................................................................................
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Sequence P1 P2 * * *
**
** Find the next available sequence number for cursor P1.
** Write the sequence number into register P2, or push it onto
** the stack if P2==0.
** The sequence number on the cursor is incremented after this
** instruction.  
*/
case OP_Sequence: {           /* out2-prerelease */
  int i = pOp->p1;
  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
  assert( p->apCsr[i]!=0 );
................................................................................
}


/* Opcode: NewRowid P1 P2 P3 * *
**
** Get a new integer record number (a.k.a "rowid") used as the key to a table.
** The record number is not previously used as a key in the database
** table that cursor P1 points to.  The new record number is pushed 
** onto the stack if P2 is 0 or written to register P2 otherwise.
**
** If P3>0 then P3 is a register that holds the largest previously
** generated record number.  No new record numbers are allowed to be less
** than this value.  When this value reaches its maximum, a SQLITE_FULL
** error is generated.  The P3 register is updated with the generated
** record number.  This P3 mechanism is used to help implement the
** AUTOINCREMENT feature.
................................................................................
** and register P2 becomes ephemeral.  If the cursor is changed, the
** value of register P2 will then change.  Make sure this does not
** cause any problems.)
**
** This instruction only works on tables.  The equivalent instruction
** for indices is OP_IdxInsert.
*/
case OP_Insert: {         /* no-push */
  Mem *pData = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
  Mem *pKey = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];

  int i = pOp->p1;
  Cursor *pC;
  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
  assert( p->apCsr[i]!=0 );
................................................................................
** a record from within an Next loop.
**
** If the OPFLAG_NCHANGE flag of P2 is set, then the row change count is
** incremented (otherwise not).
**
** If P1 is a pseudo-table, then this instruction is a no-op.
*/
case OP_Delete: {        /* no-push */
  int i = pOp->p1;
  Cursor *pC;
  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
  pC = p->apCsr[i];
  assert( pC!=0 );
  if( pC->pCursor!=0 ){
    i64 iKey;
................................................................................
/* Opcode: ResetCount P1 * *
**
** This opcode resets the VMs internal change counter to 0. If P1 is true,
** then the value of the change counter is copied to the database handle
** change counter (returned by subsequent calls to sqlite3_changes())
** before it is reset. This is used by trigger programs.
*/
case OP_ResetCount: {        /* no-push */
  if( pOp->p1 ){
    sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, p->nChange);
  }
  p->nChange = 0;
  break;
}

................................................................................
** If the cursor is not pointing to a valid row, a NULL value is
** written into P2.
*/
/* Opcode: RowKey P1 P2 * * *
**
** Write into register P2 the complete row key for cursor P1.
** There is no interpretation of the data.  
** It is just copied onto the stack or into the memory cell exactly as 
** it is found in the database file.
**
** If the cursor is not pointing to a valid row, a NULL is
** written into P2.
*/
case OP_RowKey:             /* out2-prerelease */
case OP_RowData: {          /* out2-prerelease */
................................................................................
    v = keyToInt(v);
  }
  pOut->u.i = v;
  pOut->flags = MEM_Int;
  break;
}

/* Opcode: NullRow P1 * *
**
** Move the cursor P1 to a null row.  Any OP_Column operations
** that occur while the cursor is on the null row will always push 
** a NULL onto the stack.
*/
case OP_NullRow: {        /* no-push */
  int i = pOp->p1;
  Cursor *pC;

  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
  pC = p->apCsr[i];
  assert( pC!=0 );
  pC->nullRow = 1;
  pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Last P1 P2 *
**
** The next use of the Rowid or Column or Next instruction for P1 
** will refer to the last entry in the database table or index.
** If the table or index is empty and P2>0, then jump immediately to P2.
** If P2 is 0 or if the table or index is not empty, fall through
** to the following instruction.
*/
case OP_Last: {        /* no-push, jump */
  int i = pOp->p1;
  Cursor *pC;
  BtCursor *pCrsr;

  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
  pC = p->apCsr[i];
  assert( pC!=0 );
................................................................................
  }else{
    pC->nullRow = 0;
  }
  break;
}


/* Opcode: Sort P1 P2 *
**
** This opcode does exactly the same thing as OP_Rewind except that
** it increments an undocumented global variable used for testing.
**
** Sorting is accomplished by writing records into a sorting index,
** then rewinding that index and playing it back from beginning to
** end.  We use the OP_Sort opcode instead of OP_Rewind to do the
** rewinding so that the global variable will be incremented and
** regression tests can determine whether or not the optimizer is
** correctly optimizing out sorts.
*/
case OP_Sort: {        /* no-push, jump */
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
  sqlite3_sort_count++;
  sqlite3_search_count--;
#endif
  /* Fall through into OP_Rewind */
}
/* Opcode: Rewind P1 P2 *
**
** The next use of the Rowid or Column or Next instruction for P1 
** will refer to the first entry in the database table or index.
** If the table or index is empty and P2>0, then jump immediately to P2.
** If P2 is 0 or if the table or index is not empty, fall through
** to the following instruction.
*/
case OP_Rewind: {        /* no-push, jump */
  int i = pOp->p1;
  Cursor *pC;
  BtCursor *pCrsr;
  int res;

  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
  pC = p->apCsr[i];
................................................................................
  pC->nullRow = res;
  if( res && pOp->p2>0 ){
    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Next P1 P2 *
**
** Advance cursor P1 so that it points to the next key/data pair in its
** table or index.  If there are no more key/value pairs then fall through
** to the following instruction.  But if the cursor advance was successful,
** jump immediately to P2.
**
** See also: Prev
*/
/* Opcode: Prev P1 P2 *
**
** Back up cursor P1 so that it points to the previous key/data pair in its
** table or index.  If there is no previous key/value pairs then fall through
** to the following instruction.  But if the cursor backup was successful,
** jump immediately to P2.
*/
case OP_Prev:          /* no-push, jump */
case OP_Next: {        /* no-push, jump */
  Cursor *pC;
  BtCursor *pCrsr;

  CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT;
  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
  if( pC==0 ){
................................................................................
  }else{
    pC->nullRow = 1;
  }
  pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
  break;
}

/* Opcode: IdxInsert P1 P2 P3
**
** Register P2 holds a SQL index key made using the
** MakeIdxRec instructions.  This opcode writes that key
** into the index P1.  Data for the entry is nil.
**
** P3 is a flag that provides a hint to the b-tree layer that this
** insert is likely to be an append.
**
** This instruction only works for indices.  The equivalent instruction
** for tables is OP_Insert.
*/
case OP_IdxInsert: {        /* no-push, in2 */
  int i = pOp->p1;
  Cursor *pC;
  BtCursor *pCrsr;
  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
  assert( p->apCsr[i]!=0 );
  assert( pIn2->flags & MEM_Blob );
  if( (pCrsr = (pC = p->apCsr[i])->pCursor)!=0 ){
................................................................................
      assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
      pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
    }
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: IdxDelete P1 P2 *
**
** The content of register P2 is an index key built using the either the
** MakeIdxRec opcode.  Removes that entry from the index.
*/
case OP_IdxDelete: {        /* no-push, in2 */
  int i = pOp->p1;
  Cursor *pC;
  BtCursor *pCrsr;
  assert( pIn2->flags & MEM_Blob );
  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
  assert( p->apCsr[i]!=0 );
  if( (pCrsr = (pC = p->apCsr[i])->pCursor)!=0 ){
................................................................................
** then jump to P2.  Otherwise fall through to the next instruction.
**
** If P5 is non-zero then the
** index taken from register P3 is temporarily increased by
** an epsilon prior to the comparison.  This makes the opcode work
** like IdxLE.
*/
case OP_IdxLT:          /* no-push, jump, in3 */
case OP_IdxGT:          /* no-push, jump, in3 */
case OP_IdxGE: {        /* no-push, jump, in3 */
  int i= pOp->p1;
  Cursor *pC;

  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
  assert( p->apCsr[i]!=0 );
  if( (pC = p->apCsr[i])->pCursor!=0 ){
    int res;
................................................................................
** P3==1 then the table to be clear is in the auxiliary database file
** that is used to store tables create using CREATE TEMPORARY TABLE.
**
** If AUTOVACUUM is enabled then it is possible that another root page
** might be moved into the newly deleted root page in order to keep all
** root pages contiguous at the beginning of the database.  The former
** value of the root page that moved - its value before the move occurred -
** is stored in register P2 or pushed onto the stack if P2==0.  If no page 
** movement was required (because the table being dropped was already 
** the last one in the database) then a zero is stored in register P2.
** If AUTOVACUUM is disabled then a zero is stored in register P2.
**
** See also: Clear
*/
case OP_Destroy: {     /* out2-prerelease */
................................................................................
**
** The table being clear is in the main database file if P2==0.  If
** P2==1 then the table to be clear is in the auxiliary database file
** that is used to store tables create using CREATE TEMPORARY TABLE.
**
** See also: Destroy
*/
case OP_Clear: {        /* no-push */
  assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<<pOp->p2))!=0 );
  rc = sqlite3BtreeClearTable(db->aDb[pOp->p2].pBt, pOp->p1);
  break;
}

/* Opcode: CreateTable P1 P2 * * *
**
** Allocate a new table in the main database file if P1==0 or in the
** auxiliary database file if P1==1 or in an attached database if
** P1>1.  Write the root page number of the new table into
** register P2 or push it onto the stack if P2==0.
**
** The difference between a table and an index is this:  A table must
** have a 4-byte integer key and can have arbitrary data.  An index
** has an arbitrary key but no data.
**
** See also: CreateIndex
*/
/* Opcode: CreateIndex P1 P2 * * *
**
** Allocate a new index in the main database file if P1==0 or in the
** auxiliary database file if P1==1 or in an attached database if
** P1>1.  Write the root page number of the new table into
** register P2 or push it onto the stack if P2==0.
**
** See documentation on OP_CreateTable for additional information.
*/
case OP_CreateIndex:            /* out2-prerelease */
case OP_CreateTable: {          /* out2-prerelease */
  int pgno;
  int flags;
................................................................................
** no-op if the schema is not currently loaded.  In other words, if P2
** is false, the SQLITE_MASTER table is only parsed if the rest of the
** schema is already loaded into the symbol table.
**
** This opcode invokes the parser to create a new virtual machine,
** then runs the new virtual machine.  It is thus a reentrant opcode.
*/
case OP_ParseSchema: {        /* no-push */
  char *zSql;
  int iDb = pOp->p1;
  const char *zMaster;
  InitData initData;

  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
  if( !pOp->p2 && !DbHasProperty(db, iDb, DB_SchemaLoaded) ){
................................................................................
#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PARSER)
/* Opcode: LoadAnalysis P1 * * * *
**
** Read the sqlite_stat1 table for database P1 and load the content
** of that table into the internal index hash table.  This will cause
** the analysis to be used when preparing all subsequent queries.
*/
case OP_LoadAnalysis: {        /* no-push */
  int iDb = pOp->p1;
  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
  rc = sqlite3AnalysisLoad(db, iDb);
  break;  
}
#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PARSER)  */

................................................................................
/* Opcode: DropTable P1 * * P4 *
**
** Remove the internal (in-memory) data structures that describe
** the table named P4 in database P1.  This is called after a table
** is dropped in order to keep the internal representation of the
** schema consistent with what is on disk.
*/
case OP_DropTable: {        /* no-push */
  sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTable(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z);
  break;
}

/* Opcode: DropIndex P1 * * P4 *
**
** Remove the internal (in-memory) data structures that describe
** the index named P4 in database P1.  This is called after an index
** is dropped in order to keep the internal representation of the
** schema consistent with what is on disk.
*/
case OP_DropIndex: {        /* no-push */
  sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteIndex(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z);
  break;
}

/* Opcode: DropTrigger P1 * * P4 *
**
** Remove the internal (in-memory) data structures that describe
** the trigger named P4 in database P1.  This is called after a trigger
** is dropped in order to keep the internal representation of the
** schema consistent with what is on disk.
*/
case OP_DropTrigger: {        /* no-push */
  sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z);
  break;
}


#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK
/* Opcode: IntegrityCk P1 P2 P3 * P5
................................................................................
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */

/* Opcode: FifoWrite P1 * * * *
**
** Write the integer from register P1 into the Fifo.
*/
case OP_FifoWrite: {        /* no-push, in1 */
  if( sqlite3VdbeFifoPush(&p->sFifo, sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1))==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
    goto no_mem;
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: FifoRead P1 P2 * * *
................................................................................
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
/* Opcode: ContextPush * * * 
**
** Save the current Vdbe context such that it can be restored by a ContextPop
** opcode. The context stores the last insert row id, the last statement change
** count, and the current statement change count.
*/
case OP_ContextPush: {        /* no-push */
  int i = p->contextStackTop++;
  Context *pContext;

  assert( i>=0 );
  /* FIX ME: This should be allocated as part of the vdbe at compile-time */
  if( i>=p->contextStackDepth ){
    p->contextStackDepth = i+1;
................................................................................

/* Opcode: ContextPop * * * 
**
** Restore the Vdbe context to the state it was in when contextPush was last
** executed. The context stores the last insert row id, the last statement
** change count, and the current statement change count.
*/
case OP_ContextPop: {        /* no-push */
  Context *pContext = &p->contextStack[--p->contextStackTop];
  assert( p->contextStackTop>=0 );
  db->lastRowid = pContext->lastRowid;
  p->nChange = pContext->nChange;
  sqlite3VdbeFifoClear(&p->sFifo);
  p->sFifo = pContext->sFifo;
  break;
................................................................................
**
** Set the value of register P1 to the maximum of its current value
** and the value in register P2.
**
** This instruction throws an error if the memory cell is not initially
** an integer.
*/
case OP_MemMax: {        /* no-push, in1, in2 */
  sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn1);
  sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn2);
  if( pIn1->u.i<pIn2->u.i){
    pIn1->u.i = pIn2->u.i;
  }
  nPop = 0;
  break;
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT */

/* Opcode: IfPos P1 P2 * * *
**
** If the value of register P1 is 1 or greater, jump to P2.
**
** It is illegal to use this instruction on a register that does
** not contain an integer.  An assertion fault will result if you try.
*/
case OP_IfPos: {        /* no-push, jump, in1 */
  assert( pIn1->flags==MEM_Int );
  if( pIn1->u.i>0 ){
     pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
  }
  break;
}

................................................................................
/* Opcode: IfNeg P1 P2 * * *
**
** If the value of register P1 is less than zero, jump to P2. 
**
** It is illegal to use this instruction on a register that does
** not contain an integer.  An assertion fault will result if you try.
*/
case OP_IfNeg: {        /* no-push, jump, in1 */
  assert( pIn1->flags==MEM_Int );
  if( pIn1->u.i<0 ){
     pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
  }
  break;
}

................................................................................
/* Opcode: IfZero P1 P2 * * *
**
** If the value of register P1 is exactly 0, jump to P2. 
**
** It is illegal to use this instruction on a register that does
** not contain an integer.  An assertion fault will result if you try.
*/
case OP_IfZero: {        /* no-push, jump, in1 */
  assert( pIn1->flags==MEM_Int );
  if( pIn1->u.i==0 ){
     pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
  }
  break;
}

................................................................................
** function has P5 arguments.   P4 is a pointer to the FuncDef
** structure that specifies the function.  Use register
** P3 as the accumulator.
**
** The P5 arguments are taken from register P2 and its
** successors.
*/
case OP_AggStep: {        /* no-push */
  int n = pOp->p5;
  int i;
  Mem *pMem, *pRec;
  sqlite3_context ctx;
  sqlite3_value **apVal;

  assert( n>=0 );
................................................................................
** P2 is the number of arguments that the step function takes and
** P4 is a pointer to the FuncDef for this function.  The P2
** argument is not used by this opcode.  It is only there to disambiguate
** functions that can take varying numbers of arguments.  The
** P4 argument is only needed for the degenerate case where
** the step function was not previously called.
*/
case OP_AggFinal: {        /* no-push */
  Mem *pMem;
  assert( pOp->p1>0 && pOp->p1<=p->nMem );
  pMem = &p->aMem[pOp->p1];
  assert( (pMem->flags & ~(MEM_Null|MEM_Agg))==0 );
  rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(pMem, pOp->p4.pFunc);
  if( rc==SQLITE_ERROR ){
    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, sqlite3_value_text(pMem), (char*)0);
................................................................................
#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH)
/* Opcode: Vacuum * * * * *
**
** Vacuum the entire database.  This opcode will cause other virtual
** machines to be created and run.  It may not be called from within
** a transaction.
*/
case OP_Vacuum: {        /* no-push */
  if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse; 
  rc = sqlite3RunVacuum(&p->zErrMsg, db);
  if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
  break;
}
#endif

................................................................................
#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM)
/* Opcode: IncrVacuum P1 P2 * * *
**
** Perform a single step of the incremental vacuum procedure on
** the P1 database. If the vacuum has finished, jump to instruction
** P2. Otherwise, fall through to the next instruction.
*/
case OP_IncrVacuum: {        /* no-push, jump */
  Btree *pBt;

  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
  assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<<pOp->p1))!=0 );
  pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt;
  rc = sqlite3BtreeIncrVacuum(pBt);
  if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
................................................................................
** Cause precompiled statements to become expired. An expired statement
** fails with an error code of SQLITE_SCHEMA if it is ever executed 
** (via sqlite3_step()).
** 
** If P1 is 0, then all SQL statements become expired. If P1 is non-zero,
** then only the currently executing statement is affected. 
*/
case OP_Expire: {        /* no-push */
  if( !pOp->p1 ){
    sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
  }else{
    p->expired = 1;
  }
  break;
}
................................................................................
** required. 
**
** P2 contains the root-page of the table to lock.
**
** P4 contains a pointer to the name of the table being locked. This is only
** used to generate an error message if the lock cannot be obtained.
*/
case OP_TableLock: {        /* no-push */
  int p1 = pOp->p1; 
  u8 isWriteLock = (p1<0);
  if( isWriteLock ){
    p1 = (-1*p1)-1;
  }
  assert( p1>=0 && p1<db->nDb );
  assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<<p1))!=0 );
................................................................................

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
/* Opcode: VBegin * * * P4 *
**
** P4 a pointer to an sqlite3_vtab structure. Call the xBegin method 
** for that table.
*/
case OP_VBegin: {   /* no-push */
  rc = sqlite3VtabBegin(db, pOp->p4.pVtab);
  break;
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
/* Opcode: VCreate P1 * * P4 *
**
** P4 is the name of a virtual table in database P1. Call the xCreate method
** for that table.
*/
case OP_VCreate: {   /* no-push */
  rc = sqlite3VtabCallCreate(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z, &p->zErrMsg);
  break;
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
/* Opcode: VDestroy P1 * * P4 *
**
** P4 is the name of a virtual table in database P1.  Call the xDestroy method
** of that table.
*/
case OP_VDestroy: {   /* no-push */
  p->inVtabMethod = 2;
  rc = sqlite3VtabCallDestroy(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z);
  p->inVtabMethod = 0;
  break;
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */

................................................................................
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
/* Opcode: VOpen P1 * * P4 *
**
** P4 is a pointer to a virtual table object, an sqlite3_vtab structure.
** P1 is a cursor number.  This opcode opens a cursor to the virtual
** table and stores that cursor in P1.
*/
case OP_VOpen: {   /* no-push */
  Cursor *pCur = 0;
  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor = 0;

  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab;
  sqlite3_module *pModule = (sqlite3_module *)pVtab->pModule;

  assert(pVtab && pModule);
................................................................................
** P3. Register P3+1 stores the argc parameter to be passed to the
** xFilter method. Registers P3+2..P3+1+argc are the argc additional
** parametersneath additional parameters which are passed to
** xFilter as argv. Register P3+2 becomes argv[0] when passed to xFilter.
**
** A jump is made to P2 if the result set after filtering would be empty.
*/
case OP_VFilter: {   /* no-push, jump */
  int nArg;
  int iQuery;
  const sqlite3_module *pModule;
  Mem *pQuery = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
  Mem *pArgc = &pQuery[1];

  Cursor *pCur = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];

  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pQuery);
  assert( pCur->pVtabCursor );
  pModule = pCur->pVtabCursor->pVtab->pModule;

  /* Grab the index number and argc parameters off the top of the stack. */
  assert( (pQuery->flags&MEM_Int)!=0 && pArgc->flags==MEM_Int );
  nArg = pArgc->u.i;
  iQuery = pQuery->u.i;

  /* Invoke the xFilter method */
  {
    int res = 0;
................................................................................
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
/* Opcode: VRowid P1 P2 * * *
**
** Store into register P2  the rowid of
** the virtual-table that the P1 cursor is pointing to.
** If P2==0, push the value onto the stack.
*/
case OP_VRowid: {             /* out2-prerelease */
  const sqlite3_module *pModule;

  Cursor *pCur = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
  assert( pCur->pVtabCursor );
  pModule = pCur->pVtabCursor->pVtab->pModule;
................................................................................

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
/* Opcode: VColumn P1 P2 P3 * *
**
** Store the value of the P2-th column of
** the row of the virtual-table that the 
** P1 cursor is pointing to into register P3.
** Or if P3==0 push the value onto the stack.
*/
case OP_VColumn: {
  const sqlite3_module *pModule;

  Cursor *pCur = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
  assert( pCur->pVtabCursor );
  pModule = pCur->pVtabCursor->pVtab->pModule;
................................................................................
    sqlite3_context sContext;
    memset(&sContext, 0, sizeof(sContext));
    sContext.s.flags = MEM_Null;
    sContext.s.db = db;
    if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
    rc = pModule->xColumn(pCur->pVtabCursor, &sContext, pOp->p2);

    /* Copy the result of the function to the top of the stack. We
    ** do this regardless of whether or not an error occured to ensure any
    ** dynamic allocation in sContext.s (a Mem struct) is  released.
    */
    sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(&sContext.s, encoding);
    if( pOp->p3>0 ){
      assert( pOp->p3<=p->nMem );
      pDest = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
      REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pDest);
    }else{
      pDest = ++pTos;
      pDest->flags = 0;
    }
    sqlite3VdbeMemMove(pDest, &sContext.s);
    UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pDest);

    if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ){
      goto abort_due_to_misuse;
    }
    if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(pDest) ){
................................................................................
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
/* Opcode: VNext P1 P2 * * *
**
** Advance virtual table P1 to the next row in its result set and
** jump to instruction P2.  Or, if the virtual table has reached
** the end of its result set, then fall through to the next instruction.
*/
case OP_VNext: {   /* no-push, jump */
  const sqlite3_module *pModule;
  int res = 0;

  Cursor *pCur = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
  assert( pCur->pVtabCursor );
  pModule = pCur->pVtabCursor->pVtab->pModule;
  if( pModule->xNext==0 ){
................................................................................
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
/* Opcode: VRename P1 * * P4 *
**
** P4 is a pointer to a virtual table object, an sqlite3_vtab structure.
** This opcode invokes the corresponding xRename method. The value
** in register P1 is passed as the zName argument to the xRename method.
*/
case OP_VRename: {   /* no-push */
  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab;
  Mem *pName = &p->aMem[pOp->p1];
  assert( pVtab->pModule->xRename );
  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, pName);

  Stringify(pName, encoding);

................................................................................
** If P2==1 then no insert is performed.  argv[0] is the rowid of
** a row to delete.
**
** P1 is a boolean flag. If it is set to true and the xUpdate call
** is successful, then the value returned by sqlite3_last_insert_rowid() 
** is set to the value of the rowid for the row just inserted.
*/
case OP_VUpdate: {   /* no-push */
  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab;
  sqlite3_module *pModule = (sqlite3_module *)pVtab->pModule;
  int nArg = pOp->p2;
  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_VTAB );
  if( pModule->xUpdate==0 ){
    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, "read-only table", 0);
    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
................................................................................
** The cases of the switch statement above this line should all be indented
** by 6 spaces.  But the left-most 6 spaces have been removed to improve the
** readability.  From this point on down, the normal indentation rules are
** restored.
*****************************************************************************/
    }

    /* Pop the stack if necessary */
    if( nPop ){
      popStack(&pTos, nPop);
      nPop = 0;
    }

    /* Make sure the stack limit was not exceeded */
    assert( pTos>=&p->aStack[-1] && pTos<=pStackLimit );

#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
    {
      long long elapse = hwtime() - start;
      pOp->cycles += elapse;
      pOp->cnt++;
#if 0
        fprintf(stdout, "%10lld ", elapse);
................................................................................

    /* The following code adds nothing to the actual functionality
    ** of the program.  It is only here for testing and debugging.
    ** On the other hand, it does burn CPU cycles every time through
    ** the evaluator loop.  So we can leave it out when NDEBUG is defined.
    */
#ifndef NDEBUG
    /* Sanity checking on the top element of the stack. If the previous
    ** instruction was VNoChange, then the flags field of the top
    ** of the stack is set to 0. This is technically invalid for a memory
    ** cell, so avoid calling MemSanity() in this case.
    */
    if( pTos>=p->aStack && pTos->flags ){
      assert( pTos->db==db );
      sqlite3VdbeMemSanity(pTos);
      assert( !sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(pTos) );
    }
    assert( pc>=-1 && pc<p->nOp );

#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
    /* Code for tracing the vdbe stack. */
    if( p->trace ){
      if( rc!=0 ) fprintf(p->trace,"rc=%d\n",rc);
      if( (opProperty&(OPFLG_OUT2_PRERELEASE|OPFLG_OUT2))!=0 && pOp->p2>0 ){
        registerTrace(p->trace, pOp->p2, pOut);
      }
      if( (opProperty&OPFLG_OUT3)!=0 && pOp->p3>0 ){
        registerTrace(p->trace, pOp->p3, pOut);
      }
      if( pTos>=p->aStack ){
        int i;
        fprintf(p->trace, "Stack:");
        for(i=0; i>-5 && &pTos[i]>=p->aStack; i--){
          memTracePrint(p->trace, &pTos[i]);
        }
        fprintf(p->trace,"\n");
      }
    }
#endif  /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
#endif  /* NDEBUG */
  }  /* The end of the for(;;) loop the loops through opcodes */

  /* If we reach this point, it means that execution is finished.
  */
................................................................................
  if( rc ){
    p->rc = rc;
    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
  }else{
    rc = SQLITE_DONE;
  }
  sqlite3VdbeHalt(p);
  p->pTos = pTos;

  /* This is the only way out of this procedure.  We have to
  ** release the mutexes on btrees that were acquired at the
  ** top. */
vdbe_return:
  sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayLeave(&p->aMutex);
  return rc;







|
|
|
<

|
>
|







 







|







 







|







 







|





|







 







|
|
|


|













|


|







 







|










<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







 







<


<








<
<
<



<









<
<
<
<







 







<







 







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<


|
<
<




|
<
<
<



<












|
|
<
<


|
<
<
<
<



<

|
<
<
<
<
|
|
|
<

|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
|
|
<

|
<
<
<
<
|
|
|
<

|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
|
|
<

|
<
<
<
<
|
|
|
<

|
<
<
<
<
|
|
|
|
<







 







|
|
|
|













|






|





|









|






|





|






|







 







|
<







 







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<


|
<










|











|







 







|
<













|
<










|







 







|
<







 







|
|
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<



|
<
<
<
<
<
<






|
<
<
<
<
<
<












|
<
<
<



<
|
<
<
<
<
|
|
<



<











|





|
<
<

|






<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







 







<

<







 







|





|







 







|








|
<







 







|
<
<
|
<







 







<
<
<







 







|

|
<
<
|
<







 







|
<







 







|






<







 







|

|
<
|


<
<
<
<

|
<






<
<
<







 







|
<







 







|
<







 







|
<







 







|
<







 







|
<







 







|
<







 







|





|





|





|





|





|
|
|
|
|
|







<
<
<
<







 







|
<













|
<







 







|







 







|
|







 







<
<
<

|







 







<
<
<

|







 







|







 







|
<
<







 







|
|
<
<
<












|
<
<







 







|







 







|
|







 







|
<







 







|
|







 







|
<
<
|
|
<







 







|







 







|







 







<







 







|












<











|
<







 







|







 







|







 







|
|







 







<
|
<
<
<
<
<




<







 







<







 







|







 







|







 







|







 







|









|









|









|
|
|
|







 







|
|











|
|








|

<
<
<
|

|
|







 







|

|









<
|
<
<
|
<







 







|
|
|

<






|

|
<


|
<






|

|







 







|
<







 







|
|







 







|







 







|







 







|







 







|







 







|


|
|

|











|







|







 







|











|






|







|







 







|








|






|
|







 







|











|







 







|




|







 







|
|
|







 







|







 







|










|












|







 







|







 







|







 







|











|











|







 







|







 







|







 







|







 







|





<











|







 







|







 







|







 







|







 







|







 







|







 







|







 







|







 







|







 







|











|











|







 







|







 







|












|







 







<







 







<







 







|




<
|
|
|
<
<
<
<







 







|







 







|







 







|







 







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







 







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<



<








<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







 







<







18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27

28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
..
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
..
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
...
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
...
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
...
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203













204
205
206
207
208
209
210
...
494
495
496
497
498
499
500

501
502

503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510



511
512
513

514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522




523
524
525
526
527
528
529
...
537
538
539
540
541
542
543

544
545
546
547
548
549
550
...
596
597
598
599
600
601
602











603
604
605


606
607
608
609
610



611
612
613

614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627


628
629
630




631
632
633

634
635




636
637
638

639
640









641
642
643

644
645




646
647
648

649
650









651
652
653

654
655




656
657
658

659
660




661
662
663
664

665
666
667
668
669
670
671
...
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
...
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765

766
767
768
769
770
771
772
...
775
776
777
778
779
780
781























782
783
784

785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
...
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853

854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867

868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
...
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928

929
930
931
932
933
934
935
...
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953








954
955
956
957






958
959
960
961
962
963
964






965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977



978
979
980

981




982
983

984
985
986

987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004


1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012










1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
....
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028

1029

1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
....
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
....
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206

1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
....
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227


1228

1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
....
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270



1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
....
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289


1290

1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
....
1352
1353
1354
1355
1356
1357
1358
1359

1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
....
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381

1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
....
1389
1390
1391
1392
1393
1394
1395
1396
1397
1398

1399
1400
1401




1402
1403

1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409



1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
....
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428

1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
....
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445

1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
....
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466

1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
....
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488

1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
....
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505

1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
....
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522

1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
....
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
1585
1586
1587
1588
1589
1590
1591
1592
1593
1594
1595
1596
1597
1598
1599
1600
1601
1602
1603
1604




1605
1606
1607
1608
1609
1610
1611
....
1718
1719
1720
1721
1722
1723
1724
1725

1726
1727
1728
1729
1730
1731
1732
1733
1734
1735
1736
1737
1738
1739

1740
1741
1742
1743
1744
1745
1746
....
1752
1753
1754
1755
1756
1757
1758
1759
1760
1761
1762
1763
1764
1765
1766
....
1768
1769
1770
1771
1772
1773
1774
1775
1776
1777
1778
1779
1780
1781
1782
1783
....
1792
1793
1794
1795
1796
1797
1798



1799
1800
1801
1802
1803
1804
1805
1806
1807
....
1809
1810
1811
1812
1813
1814
1815



1816
1817
1818
1819
1820
1821
1822
1823
1824
....
1827
1828
1829
1830
1831
1832
1833
1834
1835
1836
1837
1838
1839
1840
1841
....
1844
1845
1846
1847
1848
1849
1850
1851


1852
1853
1854
1855
1856
1857
1858
....
1871
1872
1873
1874
1875
1876
1877
1878
1879



1880
1881
1882
1883
1884
1885
1886
1887
1888
1889
1890
1891
1892


1893
1894
1895
1896
1897
1898
1899
....
1926
1927
1928
1929
1930
1931
1932
1933
1934
1935
1936
1937
1938
1939
1940
....
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
2030
2031
2032
....
2100
2101
2102
2103
2104
2105
2106
2107

2108
2109
2110
2111
2112
2113
2114
....
2115
2116
2117
2118
2119
2120
2121
2122
2123
2124
2125
2126
2127
2128
2129
2130
....
2202
2203
2204
2205
2206
2207
2208
2209


2210
2211

2212
2213
2214
2215
2216
2217
2218
....
2239
2240
2241
2242
2243
2244
2245
2246
2247
2248
2249
2250
2251
2252
2253
....
2262
2263
2264
2265
2266
2267
2268
2269
2270
2271
2272
2273
2274
2275
2276
....
2287
2288
2289
2290
2291
2292
2293

2294
2295
2296
2297
2298
2299
2300
....
2330
2331
2332
2333
2334
2335
2336
2337
2338
2339
2340
2341
2342
2343
2344
2345
2346
2347
2348
2349

2350
2351
2352
2353
2354
2355
2356
2357
2358
2359
2360
2361

2362
2363
2364
2365
2366
2367
2368
....
2406
2407
2408
2409
2410
2411
2412
2413
2414
2415
2416
2417
2418
2419
2420
....
2448
2449
2450
2451
2452
2453
2454
2455
2456
2457
2458
2459
2460
2461
2462
....
2529
2530
2531
2532
2533
2534
2535
2536
2537
2538
2539
2540
2541
2542
2543
2544
....
2553
2554
2555
2556
2557
2558
2559

2560





2561
2562
2563
2564

2565
2566
2567
2568
2569
2570
2571
....
2582
2583
2584
2585
2586
2587
2588

2589
2590
2591
2592
2593
2594
2595
....
2640
2641
2642
2643
2644
2645
2646
2647
2648
2649
2650
2651
2652
2653
2654
....
2701
2702
2703
2704
2705
2706
2707
2708
2709
2710
2711
2712
2713
2714
2715
....
2720
2721
2722
2723
2724
2725
2726
2727
2728
2729
2730
2731
2732
2733
2734
....
2739
2740
2741
2742
2743
2744
2745
2746
2747
2748
2749
2750
2751
2752
2753
2754
2755
2756
2757
2758
2759
2760
2761
2762
2763
2764
2765
2766
2767
2768
2769
2770
2771
2772
2773
2774
2775
2776
2777
2778
2779
2780
2781
2782
2783
2784
2785
2786
....
2847
2848
2849
2850
2851
2852
2853
2854
2855
2856
2857
2858
2859
2860
2861
2862
2863
2864
2865
2866
2867
2868
2869
2870
2871
2872
2873
2874
2875
2876
2877
2878



2879
2880
2881
2882
2883
2884
2885
2886
2887
2888
2889
....
2923
2924
2925
2926
2927
2928
2929
2930
2931
2932
2933
2934
2935
2936
2937
2938
2939
2940
2941

2942


2943

2944
2945
2946
2947
2948
2949
2950
....
2998
2999
3000
3001
3002
3003
3004
3005
3006
3007
3008

3009
3010
3011
3012
3013
3014
3015
3016
3017

3018
3019
3020

3021
3022
3023
3024
3025
3026
3027
3028
3029
3030
3031
3032
3033
3034
3035
3036
....
3055
3056
3057
3058
3059
3060
3061
3062

3063
3064
3065
3066
3067
3068
3069
....
3073
3074
3075
3076
3077
3078
3079
3080
3081
3082
3083
3084
3085
3086
3087
3088
....
3250
3251
3252
3253
3254
3255
3256
3257
3258
3259
3260
3261
3262
3263
3264
....
3338
3339
3340
3341
3342
3343
3344
3345
3346
3347
3348
3349
3350
3351
3352
....
3388
3389
3390
3391
3392
3393
3394
3395
3396
3397
3398
3399
3400
3401
3402
....
3410
3411
3412
3413
3414
3415
3416
3417
3418
3419
3420
3421
3422
3423
3424
....
3512
3513
3514
3515
3516
3517
3518
3519
3520
3521
3522
3523
3524
3525
3526
3527
3528
3529
3530
3531
3532
3533
3534
3535
3536
3537
3538
3539
3540
3541
3542
3543
3544
3545
3546
3547
3548
3549
3550
3551
3552
....
3562
3563
3564
3565
3566
3567
3568
3569
3570
3571
3572
3573
3574
3575
3576
3577
3578
3579
3580
3581
3582
3583
3584
3585
3586
3587
3588
3589
3590
3591
3592
3593
3594
3595
3596
3597
3598
3599
3600
3601
3602
3603
....
3613
3614
3615
3616
3617
3618
3619
3620
3621
3622
3623
3624
3625
3626
3627
3628
3629
3630
3631
3632
3633
3634
3635
3636
3637
3638
3639
3640
3641
3642
3643
3644
....
3664
3665
3666
3667
3668
3669
3670
3671
3672
3673
3674
3675
3676
3677
3678
3679
3680
3681
3682
3683
3684
3685
3686
3687
3688
3689
3690
....
3697
3698
3699
3700
3701
3702
3703
3704
3705
3706
3707
3708
3709
3710
3711
3712
3713
3714
3715
3716
....
3794
3795
3796
3797
3798
3799
3800
3801
3802
3803
3804
3805
3806
3807
3808
3809
3810
....
3840
3841
3842
3843
3844
3845
3846
3847
3848
3849
3850
3851
3852
3853
3854
....
3892
3893
3894
3895
3896
3897
3898
3899
3900
3901
3902
3903
3904
3905
3906
3907
3908
3909
3910
3911
3912
3913
3914
3915
3916
3917
3918
3919
3920
3921
3922
3923
3924
3925
3926
3927
3928
3929
3930
....
3955
3956
3957
3958
3959
3960
3961
3962
3963
3964
3965
3966
3967
3968
3969
....
3995
3996
3997
3998
3999
4000
4001
4002
4003
4004
4005
4006
4007
4008
4009
....
4010
4011
4012
4013
4014
4015
4016
4017
4018
4019
4020
4021
4022
4023
4024
4025
4026
4027
4028
4029
4030
4031
4032
4033
4034
4035
4036
4037
4038
4039
4040
4041
4042
4043
4044
4045
4046
4047
4048
....
4109
4110
4111
4112
4113
4114
4115
4116
4117
4118
4119
4120
4121
4122
4123
....
4142
4143
4144
4145
4146
4147
4148
4149
4150
4151
4152
4153
4154
4155
4156
....
4168
4169
4170
4171
4172
4173
4174
4175
4176
4177
4178
4179
4180
4181
4182
....
4188
4189
4190
4191
4192
4193
4194
4195
4196
4197
4198
4199
4200

4201
4202
4203
4204
4205
4206
4207
4208
4209
4210
4211
4212
4213
4214
4215
4216
4217
4218
4219
....
4220
4221
4222
4223
4224
4225
4226
4227
4228
4229
4230
4231
4232
4233
4234
....
4235
4236
4237
4238
4239
4240
4241
4242
4243
4244
4245
4246
4247
4248
4249
....
4253
4254
4255
4256
4257
4258
4259
4260
4261
4262
4263
4264
4265
4266
4267
....
4305
4306
4307
4308
4309
4310
4311
4312
4313
4314
4315
4316
4317
4318
4319
....
4329
4330
4331
4332
4333
4334
4335
4336
4337
4338
4339
4340
4341
4342
4343
....
4344
4345
4346
4347
4348
4349
4350
4351
4352
4353
4354
4355
4356
4357
4358
....
4368
4369
4370
4371
4372
4373
4374
4375
4376
4377
4378
4379
4380
4381
4382
....
4394
4395
4396
4397
4398
4399
4400
4401
4402
4403
4404
4405
4406
4407
4408
....
4417
4418
4419
4420
4421
4422
4423
4424
4425
4426
4427
4428
4429
4430
4431
4432
4433
4434
4435
4436
4437
4438
4439
4440
4441
4442
4443
4444
4445
4446
4447
4448
4449
4450
4451
4452
4453
4454
4455
....
4456
4457
4458
4459
4460
4461
4462
4463
4464
4465
4466
4467
4468
4469
4470
....
4504
4505
4506
4507
4508
4509
4510
4511
4512
4513
4514
4515
4516
4517
4518
4519
4520
4521
4522
4523
4524
4525
4526
4527
4528
4529
4530
4531
....
4555
4556
4557
4558
4559
4560
4561

4562
4563
4564
4565
4566
4567
4568
....
4585
4586
4587
4588
4589
4590
4591

4592
4593
4594
4595
4596
4597
4598
....
4604
4605
4606
4607
4608
4609
4610
4611
4612
4613
4614
4615

4616
4617
4618




4619
4620
4621
4622
4623
4624
4625
....
4634
4635
4636
4637
4638
4639
4640
4641
4642
4643
4644
4645
4646
4647
4648
....
4677
4678
4679
4680
4681
4682
4683
4684
4685
4686
4687
4688
4689
4690
4691
....
4719
4720
4721
4722
4723
4724
4725
4726
4727
4728
4729
4730
4731
4732
4733
....
4787
4788
4789
4790
4791
4792
4793









4794
4795
4796
4797
4798
4799
4800
....
4805
4806
4807
4808
4809
4810
4811










4812
4813
4814

4815
4816
4817
4818
4819
4820
4821
4822








4823
4824
4825
4826
4827
4828
4829
....
4831
4832
4833
4834
4835
4836
4837

4838
4839
4840
4841
4842
4843
4844
** In the external interface, an "sqlite3_stmt*" is an opaque pointer
** to a VDBE.
**
** The SQL parser generates a program which is then executed by
** the VDBE to do the work of the SQL statement.  VDBE programs are 
** similar in form to assembly language.  The program consists of
** a linear sequence of operations.  Each operation has an opcode 
** and 5 operands.  Operands P1, P2, and P3 are integers.  Operand P4 
** is a null-terminated string.  Operand P5 is an unsigned character.
** Few opcodes use all 5 operands.

**
** Computation results are stored on a set of registers numbered beginning
** with 1 and going up to Vdbe.nMem.  Each register can store
** either an integer, a null-terminated string, a floating point
** number, or the SQL "NULL" value.  An inplicit conversion from one
** type to the other occurs as necessary.
** 
** Most of the code in this file is taken up by the sqlite3VdbeExec()
** function which does the work of interpreting a VDBE program.
** But other routines are also provided to help in building up
** a program instruction by instruction.
................................................................................
**
** Various scripts scan this source file in order to generate HTML
** documentation, headers files, or other derived files.  The formatting
** of the code in this file is, therefore, important.  See other comments
** in this file for details.  If in doubt, do not deviate from existing
** commenting and indentation practices when changing or adding code.
**
** $Id: vdbe.c,v 1.698 2008/01/17 16:22:15 drh Exp $
*/
#include "sqliteInt.h"
#include <ctype.h>
#include "vdbeInt.h"

/*
** The following global variable is incremented every time a cursor
................................................................................
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
int sqlite3_sort_count = 0;
#endif

/*
** The next global variable records the size of the largest MEM_Blob
** or MEM_Str that has been used by a VDBE opcode.  The test procedures
** use this information to make sure that the zero-blob functionality
** is working correctly.   This variable has no function other than to
** help verify the correct operation of the library.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
int sqlite3_max_blobsize = 0;
#endif
................................................................................
                                      && (P)->n>sqlite3_max_blobsize ) \
                                          {sqlite3_max_blobsize = (P)->n;}
#else
# define UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(P)
#endif

/*
** Release the memory associated with a register.  This
** leaves the Mem.flags field in an inconsistent state.
*/
#define Release(P) if((P)->flags&MEM_Dyn){ sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(P); }

/*
** Convert the given register into a string if it isn't one
** already. Return non-zero if a malloc() fails.
*/
#define Stringify(P, enc) \
   if(((P)->flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))==0 && sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(P,enc)) \
     { goto no_mem; }

/*
................................................................................
**
*/
#define GetVarint(A,B)  ((B = *(A))<=0x7f ? 1 : sqlite3GetVarint32(A, &B))

/*
** An ephemeral string value (signified by the MEM_Ephem flag) contains
** a pointer to a dynamically allocated string where some other entity
** is responsible for deallocating that string.  Because the register
** does not control the string, it might be deleted without the register
** knowing it.
**
** This routine converts an ephemeral string into a dynamically allocated
** string that the register itself controls.  In other words, it
** converts an MEM_Ephem string into an MEM_Dyn string.
*/
#define Deephemeralize(P) \
   if( ((P)->flags&MEM_Ephem)!=0 \
       && sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(P) ){ goto no_mem;}

/*
** Call sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob() on the supplied value (type Mem*)
** P if required.
*/
#define ExpandBlob(P) (((P)->flags&MEM_Zero)?sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(P):0)

/*
** Argument pMem points at a regiser that will be passed to a
** user-defined function or returned to the user as the result of a query.
** The second argument, 'db_enc' is the text encoding used by the vdbe for
** register variables.  This routine sets the pMem->enc and pMem->type
** variables used by the sqlite3_value_*() routines.
*/
#define storeTypeInfo(A,B) _storeTypeInfo(A)
static void _storeTypeInfo(Mem *pMem){
  int flags = pMem->flags;
  if( flags & MEM_Null ){
    pMem->type = SQLITE_NULL;
................................................................................

/*
** Properties of opcodes.  The OPFLG_INITIALIZER macro is
** created by mkopcodeh.awk during compilation.  Data is obtained
** from the comments following the "case OP_xxxx:" statements in
** this file.  
*/
static unsigned char opcodeProperty[] = OPFLG_INITIALIZER;

/*
** Return true if an opcode has any of the OPFLG_xxx properties
** specified by mask.
*/
int sqlite3VdbeOpcodeHasProperty(int opcode, int mask){
  assert( opcode>0 && opcode<sizeof(opcodeProperty) );
  return (opcodeProperty[opcode]&mask)!=0;
}














/*
** Allocate cursor number iCur.  Return a pointer to it.  Return NULL
** if we run out of memory.
*/
static Cursor *allocateCursor(Vdbe *p, int iCur, int iDb){
  Cursor *pCx;
  assert( iCur<p->nCursor );
................................................................................
  Vdbe *p                    /* The VDBE */
){
  int pc;                    /* The program counter */
  Op *pOp;                   /* Current operation */
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;        /* Value to return */
  sqlite3 *db = p->db;       /* The database */
  u8 encoding = ENC(db);     /* The database encoding */

  Mem *pIn1, *pIn2, *pIn3;   /* Input operands */
  Mem *pOut;                 /* Output operand */

  u8 opProperty;
#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
  unsigned long long start;  /* CPU clock count at start of opcode */
  int origPc;                /* Program counter at start of opcode */
#endif
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
  int nProgressOps = 0;      /* Opcodes executed since progress callback. */
#endif




  if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN ) return SQLITE_MISUSE;
  assert( db->magic==SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY );

  sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayEnter(&p->aMutex);
  if( p->rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
    /* This happens if a malloc() inside a call to sqlite3_column_text() or
    ** sqlite3_column_text16() failed.  */
    goto no_mem;
  }
  assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || p->rc==SQLITE_BUSY );
  p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
  assert( p->explain==0 );




  p->pResultSet = 0;
  db->busyHandler.nBusy = 0;
  CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT;
  sqlite3VdbeIOTraceSql(p);
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  if( p->pc==0 && ((p->db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeListing)!=0
    || sqlite3OsAccess(db->pVfs, "vdbe_explain", SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS))
................................................................................
  }
  if( sqlite3OsAccess(db->pVfs, "vdbe_trace", SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS) ){
    p->trace = stdout;
  }
#endif
  for(pc=p->pc; rc==SQLITE_OK; pc++){
    assert( pc>=0 && pc<p->nOp );

    if( db->mallocFailed ) goto no_mem;
#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
    origPc = pc;
    start = hwtime();
#endif
    pOp = &p->aOp[pc];

................................................................................
        }
        nProgressOps = 0;
      }
      nProgressOps++;
    }
#endif












    /* Do common setup processing for any opcode that is marked
    ** with the "out2-prerelease" tag.  Such opcodes have a single
    ** output which is specified by the P2 parameter.  The P2 register


    ** is initialized to a NULL.
    */
    opProperty = opcodeProperty[pOp->opcode];
    if( (opProperty & OPFLG_OUT2_PRERELEASE)!=0 ){
      assert( pOp->p2>0 );



      assert( pOp->p2<=p->nMem );
      pOut = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
      sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pOut);

      pOut->flags = MEM_Null;
    }else
 
    /* Do common setup for opcodes marked with one of the following
    ** combinations of properties.
    **
    **           in1
    **           in1 in2
    **           in1 in2 out3
    **           in1 in3
    **           in1 out2
    **
    ** Variables pIn1, pIn2, and pIn3 are made to point to appropriate
    ** registers for inputs.  Variable pOut points to the output register.


    */
    if( (opProperty & OPFLG_IN1)!=0 ){
      assert( pOp->p1>0 );




      assert( pOp->p1<=p->nMem );
      pIn1 = &p->aMem[pOp->p1];
      REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, pIn1);

      if( (opProperty & OPFLG_IN2)!=0 ){
        assert( pOp->p2>0 );




        assert( pOp->p2<=p->nMem );
        pIn2 = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
        REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pIn2);

        if( (opProperty & OPFLG_OUT3)!=0 ){
          assert( pOp->p3>0 );









          assert( pOp->p3<=p->nMem );
          pOut = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
        }

      }else if( (opProperty & OPFLG_IN3)!=0 ){
        assert( pOp->p3>0 );




        assert( pOp->p3<=p->nMem );
        pIn3 = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
        REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pIn3);

      }else if( (opProperty & OPFLG_OUT2)!=0 ){
        assert( pOp->p2>0 );









        assert( pOp->p2<=p->nMem );
        pOut = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
      }

    }else if( (opProperty & OPFLG_IN2)!=0 ){
      assert( pOp->p2>0 );




      assert( pOp->p2<=p->nMem );
      pIn2 = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
      REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pIn2);

    }else if( (opProperty & OPFLG_IN3)!=0 ){
      assert( pOp->p3>0 );




      assert( pOp->p3<=p->nMem );
      pIn3 = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
      REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pIn3);
    }


    switch( pOp->opcode ){

/*****************************************************************************
** What follows is a massive switch statement where each case implements a
** separate instruction in the virtual machine.  If we follow the usual
** indentation conventions, each case should be indented by 6 spaces.  But
................................................................................
** file looking for lines that begin with "case OP_".  The opcodes.h files
** will be filled with #defines that give unique integer values to each
** opcode and the opcodes.c file is filled with an array of strings where
** each string is the symbolic name for the corresponding opcode.  If the
** case statement is followed by a comment of the form "/# same as ... #/"
** that comment is used to determine the particular value of the opcode.
**
** Other keywords in the comment that follows each case are used to
** construct the OPFLG_INITIALIZER value that initializes opcodeProperty[].
** Keywords include: in1, in2, in3, out2_prerelease, out2, out3.  See
** the mkopcodeh.awk script for additional information.
**
** Documentation about VDBE opcodes is generated by scanning this file
** for lines of that contain "Opcode:".  That line and all subsequent
** comment lines are used in the generation of the opcode.html documentation
** file.
**
** SUMMARY:
**
**     Formatting is important to scripts that scan this file.
**     Do not deviate from the formatting style currently in use.
**
*****************************************************************************/

/* Opcode:  Goto * P2 * * *
**
** An unconditional jump to address P2.
** The next instruction executed will be 
** the one at index P2 from the beginning of
** the program.
*/
case OP_Goto: {             /* jump */
  CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT;
  pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
  break;
}

/* Opcode:  Gosub * P2 * * *
**
** Push the current address plus 1 onto the return address stack
** and then jump to address P2.
**
** The return address stack is of limited depth.  If too many
** OP_Gosub operations occur without intervening OP_Returns, then
** the return address stack will fill up and processing will abort
** with a fatal error.
*/
case OP_Gosub: {            /* jump */
  assert( p->returnDepth<sizeof(p->returnStack)/sizeof(p->returnStack[0]) );
  p->returnStack[p->returnDepth++] = pc+1;
  pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
  break;
}

/* Opcode:  Return * * * * *
**
** Jump immediately to the next instruction after the last unreturned
** OP_Gosub.  If an OP_Return has occurred for all OP_Gosubs, then
** processing aborts with a fatal error.
*/
case OP_Return: {
  assert( p->returnDepth>0 );
  p->returnDepth--;
  pc = p->returnStack[p->returnDepth] - 1;
  break;
}

/* Opcode:  Halt P1 P2 * P4 *
**
** Exit immediately.  All open cursors, Fifos, etc are closed
** automatically.
**
** P1 is the result code returned by sqlite3_exec(), sqlite3_reset(),
** or sqlite3_finalize().  For a normal halt, this should be SQLITE_OK (0).
** For errors, it can be some other value.  If P1!=0 then P2 will determine
................................................................................
**
** If P4 is not null then it is an error message string.
**
** There is an implied "Halt 0 0 0" instruction inserted at the very end of
** every program.  So a jump past the last instruction of the program
** is the same as executing Halt.
*/
case OP_Halt: {

  p->rc = pOp->p1;
  p->pc = pc;
  p->errorAction = pOp->p2;
  if( pOp->p4.z ){
    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, pOp->p4.z, (char*)0);
  }
  rc = sqlite3VdbeHalt(p);
................................................................................
    p->rc = rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
  }else{
    rc = p->rc ? SQLITE_ERROR : SQLITE_DONE;
  }
  goto vdbe_return;
}
























/* Opcode: Integer P1 P2 * * *
**
** The 32-bit integer value P1 is written into register P2.

*/
case OP_Integer: {         /* out2-prerelease */
  pOut->flags = MEM_Int;
  pOut->u.i = pOp->p1;
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Int64 * P2 * P4 *
**
** P4 is a pointer to a 64-bit integer value.
** Write that value into register P2.
*/
case OP_Int64: {           /* out2-prerelease */
  assert( pOp->p4.pI64!=0 );
  pOut->flags = MEM_Int;
  pOut->u.i = *pOp->p4.pI64;
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Real * P2 * P4 *
**
** P4 is a pointer to a 64-bit floating point value.
** Write that value into register P2.
*/
case OP_Real: {            /* same as TK_FLOAT, out2-prerelease */
  pOut->flags = MEM_Real;
  pOut->r = *pOp->p4.pReal;
  break;
}

................................................................................
    goto too_big;
  }
  /* Fall through to the next case, OP_String */
}
  
/* Opcode: String P1 P2 * P4 *
**
** The string value P4 of length P1 (bytes) is stored in register P2.

*/
case OP_String: {          /* out2-prerelease */
  assert( pOp->p4.z!=0 );
  pOut->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Static|MEM_Term;
  pOut->z = pOp->p4.z;
  pOut->n = pOp->p1;
  pOut->enc = encoding;
  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Null * P2 * * *
**
** Write a NULL into register P2.

*/
case OP_Null: {           /* out2-prerelease */
  break;
}


#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL
/* Opcode: HexBlob * P2 * P4 *
**
** P4 is an UTF-8 SQL hex encoding of a blob. The blob is stored in
** register P2.
**
** The first time this instruction executes, in transforms itself into a
** 'Blob' opcode with a binary blob as P4.
*/
case OP_HexBlob: {            /* same as TK_BLOB, out2-prerelease */
  pOp->opcode = OP_Blob;
  pOp->p1 = strlen(pOp->p4.z)/2;
................................................................................
  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
  break;
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL */

/* Opcode: Variable P1 P2 * * *
**
** The value of variable P1 is written into register P2. A variable is

** an unknown in the original SQL string as handed to sqlite3_compile().
** Any occurance of the '?' character in the original SQL is considered
** a variable.  Variables in the SQL string are number from left to
** right beginning with 1.  The values of variables are set using the
** sqlite3_bind() API.
*/
case OP_Variable: {           /* out2-prerelease */
................................................................................
  sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pOut, &p->aVar[j], MEM_Static);
  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Move P1 P2 * * *
**
** Move the value in register P1 over into register P2.  Register P1
** is left holding a NULL.  It is an error for P1 and P2 to be the
** same register.








*/
/* Opcode: Copy P1 P2 * * *
**
** Make a copy of register P1 into register P2.






**
** This instruction makes a deep copy of the value.  A duplicate
** is made of any string or blob constant.  See also OP_SCopy.
*/
/* Opcode: SCopy P1 P2 * * *
**
** Make a shallow copy of register P1 into register P2.






**
** This instruction makes a shallow copy of the value.  If the value
** is a string or blob, then the copy is only a pointer to the
** original and hence if the original changes so will the copy.
** Worse, if the original is deallocated, the copy becomes invalid.
** Thus the program must guarantee that the original will not change
** during the lifetime of the copy.  Use OP_Copy to make a complete
** copy.
*/
case OP_Move:
case OP_Copy:
case OP_SCopy: {
  assert( pOp->p1>0 );



  assert( pOp->p1<=p->nMem );
  pIn1 = &p->aMem[pOp->p1];
  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, pIn1);

  assert( pOp->p2>0 );




  assert( pOp->p2<=p->nMem );
  pOut = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];

  assert( pOut!=pIn1 );
  if( pOp->opcode==OP_Move ){
    rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMove(pOut, pIn1);

  }else{
    Release(pOut);
    sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pOut, pIn1, MEM_Ephem);
    if( pOp->opcode==OP_Copy ){
      Deephemeralize(pOut);
    }
  }
  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pOut);
  break;
}

/* Opcode: ResultRow P1 P2 * * *
**
** The registers P1 throught P1+P2-1 contain a single row of
** results. This opcode causes the sqlite3_step() call to terminate
** with an SQLITE_ROW return code and it sets up the sqlite3_stmt
** structure to provide access to the top P1 values as the result
** row.


*/
case OP_ResultRow: {
  Mem *pMem;
  int i;
  assert( p->nResColumn==pOp->p2 );
  assert( pOp->p1>0 );
  assert( pOp->p1+pOp->p2<=p->nMem );











  /* Invalidate all ephemeral cursor row caches */
  p->cacheCtr = (p->cacheCtr + 2)|1;

  /* Make sure the results of the current row are \000 terminated
  ** and have an assigned type.  The results are deephemeralized as
  ** as side effect.
  */
................................................................................
    sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(&pMem[i]);
    storeTypeInfo(&pMem[i], encoding);
  }

  /* Return SQLITE_ROW
  */
  p->nCallback++;

  p->pc = pc + 1;

  rc = SQLITE_ROW;
  goto vdbe_return;
}

/* Opcode: Concat P1 P2 P3 * *
**
** Add the text in register P1 onto the end of the text in
................................................................................
*/
/* Opcode: Subtract P1 P2 P3 * *
**
** Subtract the value in P1 from the value in P2 and store the result
** in P3.
** If either operand is NULL, the result is NULL.
*/
/* Opcode: Divide P1 P2 P3 * *
**
** Divide the value in P1 by the value in P2 and store the result
** in P3.  If the value in P2 is zero, then the result is NULL.
** If either operand is NULL, the result is NULL.
*/
/* Opcode: Remainder P1 P2 P3 * *
**
** Compute the remainder after integer division of the value in
** register P1 by the value in register P2 and store the result in P3. 
** If the value in register P2 is zero the result is NULL.
** If either operand is NULL, the result is NULL.
*/
case OP_Add:                   /* same as TK_PLUS, in1, in2, out3 */
................................................................................
** be returned. This is used by the built-in min(), max() and nullif()
** functions.
**
** The interface used by the implementation of the aforementioned functions
** to retrieve the collation sequence set by this opcode is not available
** publicly, only to user functions defined in func.c.
*/
case OP_CollSeq: {
  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_COLLSEQ );
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Function P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
**
** Invoke a user function (P4 is a pointer to a Function structure that
** defines the function) with P5 arguments taken from register P2 and
** successors.  The result of the function is stored in register P3.

**
** P1 is a 32-bit bitmask indicating whether or not each argument to the 
** function was determined to be constant at compile time. If the first
** argument was constant then bit 0 of P1 is set. This is used to determine
** whether meta data associated with a user function argument using the
** sqlite3_set_auxdata() API may be safely retained until the next
** invocation of this opcode.
................................................................................
  sqlite3_context ctx;
  sqlite3_value **apVal;
  int n = pOp->p5;

  apVal = p->apArg;
  assert( apVal || n==0 );

  assert( n==0 || (pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2+n<=p->nMem) );


  pArg = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];

  for(i=0; i<n; i++, pArg++){
    apVal[i] = pArg;
    storeTypeInfo(pArg, encoding);
    REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pArg);
  }

  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_FUNCDEF || pOp->p4type==P4_VDBEFUNC );
................................................................................
    ** Note: Maybe MemRelease() should be called if sqlite3SafetyOn()
    ** fails also (the if(...) statement above). But if people are
    ** misusing sqlite, they have bigger problems than a leaked value.
    */
    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&ctx.s);
    goto no_mem;
  }




  /* If any auxilary data functions have been called by this user function,
  ** immediately call the destructor for any non-static values.
  */
  if( ctx.pVdbeFunc ){
    sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(ctx.pVdbeFunc, pOp->p1);
    pOp->p4.pVdbeFunc = ctx.pVdbeFunc;
................................................................................

  /* If the function returned an error, throw an exception */
  if( ctx.isError ){
    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, sqlite3_value_text(&ctx.s), (char*)0);
    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
  }

  /* Copy the result of the function into register P3 */
  sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(&ctx.s, encoding);
  assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=p->nMem );


  pOut = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];

  sqlite3VdbeMemMove(pOut, &ctx.s);
  if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(pOut) ){
    goto too_big;
  }
  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pOut);
  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
  break;
................................................................................
/* Opcode: AddImm  P1 P2 * * *
** 
** Add P2 the value in register P1.
** The result is always an integer.
**
** To force any register to be an integer, just add 0.
*/
case OP_AddImm: {            /* in1 */

  sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn1);
  pIn1->u.i += pOp->p2;
  break;
}

/* Opcode: ForceInt P1 P2 P3 * *
**
................................................................................
** in P1 is not numeric (meaning that is is a NULL or a string that
** does not look like an integer or floating point number) then
** jump to P2.  If the value in P1 is numeric then
** convert it into the least integer that is greater than or equal to its
** current value if P3==0, or to the least integer that is strictly
** greater than its current value if P3==1.
*/
case OP_ForceInt: {            /* jump, in1 */
  i64 v;
  applyAffinity(pIn1, SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC, encoding);
  if( (pIn1->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real))==0 ){
    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
    break;
  }

  if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Int ){
    v = pIn1->u.i + (pOp->p3!=0);
  }else{
    assert( pIn1->flags & MEM_Real );
    v = (sqlite3_int64)pIn1->r;
    if( pIn1->r>(double)v ) v++;
    if( pOp->p3 && pIn1->r==(double)v ) v++;
................................................................................
  }
  Release(pIn1);
  pIn1->u.i = v;
  pIn1->flags = MEM_Int;
  break;
}

/* Opcode: MustBeInt P1 P2 * * *
** 
** Force the value in register P1 to be an integer.  If the value

** in P1 is not an integer and cannot be converted into an integer
** without data loss, then jump immediately to P2, or if P2==0
** raise an SQLITE_MISMATCH exception.




*/
case OP_MustBeInt: {            /* jump, in1 */

  applyAffinity(pIn1, SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC, encoding);
  if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Int)==0 ){
    if( pOp->p2==0 ){
      rc = SQLITE_MISMATCH;
      goto abort_due_to_error;
    }else{



      pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
    }
  }else{
    Release(pIn1);
    pIn1->flags = MEM_Int;
  }
  break;
................................................................................
** If register P1 holds an integer convert it to a real value.
**
** This opcode is used when extracting information from a column that
** has REAL affinity.  Such column values may still be stored as
** integers, for space efficiency, but after extraction we want them
** to have only a real value.
*/
case OP_RealAffinity: {                  /* in1 */

  if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Int ){
    sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(pIn1);
  }
  break;
}

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST
................................................................................
** Force the value in register P1 to be text.
** If the value is numeric, convert it to a string using the
** equivalent of printf().  Blob values are unchanged and
** are afterwards simply interpreted as text.
**
** A NULL value is not changed by this routine.  It remains NULL.
*/
case OP_ToText: {                  /* same as TK_TO_TEXT, in1 */

  if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ) break;
  assert( MEM_Str==(MEM_Blob>>3) );
  pIn1->flags |= (pIn1->flags&MEM_Blob)>>3;
  applyAffinity(pIn1, SQLITE_AFF_TEXT, encoding);
  rc = ExpandBlob(pIn1);
  assert( pIn1->flags & MEM_Str );
  pIn1->flags &= ~(MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Blob);
................................................................................
** Force the value in register P1 to be a BLOB.
** If the value is numeric, convert it to a string first.
** Strings are simply reinterpreted as blobs with no change
** to the underlying data.
**
** A NULL value is not changed by this routine.  It remains NULL.
*/
case OP_ToBlob: {                  /* same as TK_TO_BLOB, in1 */

  if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ) break;
  if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Blob)==0 ){
    applyAffinity(pIn1, SQLITE_AFF_TEXT, encoding);
    assert( pIn1->flags & MEM_Str );
    pIn1->flags |= MEM_Blob;
  }
  pIn1->flags &= ~(MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Str);
................................................................................
** integer or a floating-point number.)
** If the value is text or blob, try to convert it to an using the
** equivalent of atoi() or atof() and store 0 if no such conversion 
** is possible.
**
** A NULL value is not changed by this routine.  It remains NULL.
*/
case OP_ToNumeric: {                  /* same as TK_TO_NUMERIC, in1 */

  if( (pIn1->flags & (MEM_Null|MEM_Int|MEM_Real))==0 ){
    sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(pIn1);
  }
  break;
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_CAST */

................................................................................
** Force the value in register P1 be an integer.  If
** The value is currently a real number, drop its fractional part.
** If the value is text or blob, try to convert it to an integer using the
** equivalent of atoi() and store 0 if no such conversion is possible.
**
** A NULL value is not changed by this routine.  It remains NULL.
*/
case OP_ToInt: {                  /* same as TK_TO_INT, in1 */

  if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)==0 ){
    sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn1);
  }
  break;
}

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST
................................................................................
** Force the value in register P1 to be a floating point number.
** If The value is currently an integer, convert it.
** If the value is text or blob, try to convert it to an integer using the
** equivalent of atoi() and store 0 if no such conversion is possible.
**
** A NULL value is not changed by this routine.  It remains NULL.
*/
case OP_ToReal: {                  /* same as TK_TO_REAL, in1 */

  if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)==0 ){
    sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(pIn1);
  }
  break;
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_CAST */

................................................................................
** numeric, then a numeric comparison is used. If the two values
** are of different types, then numbers are considered less than
** strings and strings are considered less than blobs.
**
** If the SQLITE_STOREP2 bit of P5 is set, then do not jump.  Instead,
** store a boolean result (either 0, or 1, or NULL) in register P2.
*/
/* Opcode: Ne P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
**
** This works just like the Lt opcode except that the jump is taken if
** the operands in registers P1 and P3 are not equal.  See the Lt opcode for
** additional information.
*/
/* Opcode: Eq P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
**
** This works just like the Lt opcode except that the jump is taken if
** the operands in registers P1 and P3 are equal.
** See the Lt opcode for additional information.
*/
/* Opcode: Le P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
**
** This works just like the Lt opcode except that the jump is taken if
** the content of register P3 is less than or equal to the content of
** register P1.  See the Lt opcode for additional information.
*/
/* Opcode: Gt P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
**
** This works just like the Lt opcode except that the jump is taken if
** the content of register P3 is greater than the content of
** register P1.  See the Lt opcode for additional information.
*/
/* Opcode: Ge P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
**
** This works just like the Lt opcode except that the jump is taken if
** the content of register P3 is greater than or equal to the content of
** register P1.  See the Lt opcode for additional information.
*/
case OP_Eq:               /* same as TK_EQ, jump, in1, in3 */
case OP_Ne:               /* same as TK_NE, jump, in1, in3 */
case OP_Lt:               /* same as TK_LT, jump, in1, in3 */
case OP_Le:               /* same as TK_LE, jump, in1, in3 */
case OP_Gt:               /* same as TK_GT, jump, in1, in3 */
case OP_Ge: {             /* same as TK_GE, jump, in1, in3 */
  int flags;
  int res;
  char affinity;
  Mem x1, x3;

  flags = pIn1->flags|pIn3->flags;





  if( flags&MEM_Null ){
    if( (pOp->p5 & SQLITE_NULLEQUAL)!=0 ){
      /*
      ** When SQLITE_NULLEQUAL set and either operand is NULL
      ** then both operands are converted to integers prior to being 
      ** passed down into the normal comparison logic below.  
      ** NULL operands are converted to zero and non-NULL operands
................................................................................

/* Opcode: Not P1 * * * *
**
** Interpret the value in register P1 as a boolean value.  Replace it
** with its complement.  If the value in register P1 is NULL its value
** is unchanged.
*/
case OP_Not: {                /* same as TK_NOT, in1 */

  if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ) break;  /* Do nothing to NULLs */
  sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn1);
  pIn1->u.i = !pIn1->u.i;
  assert( pIn1->flags==MEM_Int );
  break;
}

/* Opcode: BitNot P1 * * * *
**
** Interpret the content of register P1 as an integer.  Replace it
** with its ones-complement.  If the value is originally NULL, leave
** it unchanged.
*/
case OP_BitNot: {             /* same as TK_BITNOT, in1 */

  if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ) break;  /* Do nothing to NULLs */
  sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn1);
  pIn1->u.i = ~pIn1->u.i;
  assert( pIn1->flags==MEM_Int );
  break;
}

................................................................................
/*
** The magic Explain opcode are only inserted when explain==2 (which
** is to say when the EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN syntax is used.)
** This opcode records information from the optimizer.  It is the
** the same as a no-op.  This opcodesnever appears in a real VM program.
*/
case OP_Explain:
case OP_Noop: {
  break;
}

/* Opcode: If P1 P2 P3 * *
**
** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is true.  The value is
** is considered true if it is numeric and non-zero.  If the value
................................................................................
*/
/* Opcode: IfNot P1 P2 P3 * *
**
** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is False.  The value is
** is considered true if it has a numeric value of zero.  If the value
** in P1 is NULL then take the jump if P3 is true.
*/
case OP_If:                 /* jump, in1 */
case OP_IfNot: {            /* jump, in1 */
  int c;
  if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ){
    c = pOp->p3;
  }else{
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
    c = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1);
#else
................................................................................
}

/* Opcode: IsNull P1 P2 P3 * *
**
** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is NULL.  If P3 is greater
** than zero, then check all values reg(P1), reg(P1+1), 
** reg(P1+2), ..., reg(P1+P3-1).



*/
case OP_IsNull: {            /* same as TK_ISNULL, jump, in1 */
  int n = pOp->p3;
  assert( pOp->p3==0 || pOp->p1>0 );
  do{
    if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)!=0 ){
      pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
      break;
    }
................................................................................
  }while( --n > 0 );
  break;
}

/* Opcode: NotNull P1 P2 * * *
**
** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is not NULL.  



*/
case OP_NotNull: {            /* same as TK_NOTNULL, jump, in1 */
  if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)==0 ){
    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: SetNumColumns P1 P2 * * *
................................................................................
** opcode must be called to set the number of fields in the table.
**
** This opcode sets the number of columns for cursor P1 to P2.
**
** If OP_KeyAsData is to be applied to cursor P1, it must be executed
** before this op-code.
*/
case OP_SetNumColumns: {
  Cursor *pC;
  assert( (pOp->p1)<p->nCursor );
  assert( p->apCsr[pOp->p1]!=0 );
  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
  pC->nField = pOp->p2;
  break;
}
................................................................................
**
** Interpret the data that cursor P1 points to as a structure built using
** the MakeRecord instruction.  (See the MakeRecord opcode for additional
** information about the format of the data.)  Extract the P2-th column
** from this record.  If there are less that (P2+1) 
** values in the record, extract a NULL.
**
** The value extracted is stored in register P3.


**
** If the KeyAsData opcode has previously executed on this cursor, then the
** field might be extracted from the key rather than the data.
**
** If the column contains fewer than P2 fields, then extract a NULL.  Or,
** if the P4 argument is a P4_MEM use the value of the P4 argument as
** the result.
................................................................................
  int i;             /* Loop counter */
  char *zData;       /* Part of the record being decoded */
  Mem *pDest;        /* Where to write the extracted value */
  Mem sMem;          /* For storing the record being decoded */

  sMem.flags = 0;
  assert( p1<p->nCursor );
  assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=p->nMem );
  pDest = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];



  sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pDest);

  /* This block sets the variable payloadSize to be the total number of
  ** bytes in the record.
  **
  ** zRec is set to be the complete text of the record if it is available.
  ** The complete record text is always available for pseudo-tables
  ** If the record is stored in a cursor, the complete record text
  ** might be available in the  pC->aRow cache.  Or it might not be.
  ** If the data is unavailable,  zRec is set to NULL.
  **
  ** We also compute the number of columns in the record.  For cursors,
  ** the number of columns is stored in the Cursor.nField element.


  */
  pC = p->apCsr[p1];
  assert( pC!=0 );
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
  assert( pC->pVtabCursor==0 );
#endif
  if( pC->pCursor!=0 ){
................................................................................
  }else{
    zRec = 0;
    payloadSize = 0;
    pCrsr = 0;
    nField = 0;
  }

  /* If payloadSize is 0, then just store a NULL */
  if( payloadSize==0 ){
    assert( pDest->flags==MEM_Null );
    goto op_column_out;
  }
  if( payloadSize>SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH ){
    goto too_big;
  }
................................................................................
        aOffset[i] = offset;
        zIdx += GetVarint(zIdx, aType[i]);
        offset += sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(aType[i]);
      }else{
        /* If i is less that nField, then there are less fields in this
        ** record than SetNumColumns indicated there are columns in the
        ** table. Set the offset for any extra columns not present in
        ** the record to 0. This tells code below to store a NULL
        ** instead of deserializing a value from the record.
        */
        aOffset[i] = 0;
      }
    }
    Release(&sMem);
    sMem.flags = MEM_Null;

................................................................................
** the OP_Column opcode can decode the record later and as long as the
** sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare function will correctly compare two encoded
** records.  Refer to source code comments for the details of the record
** format.
**
** P4 may be a string that is P1 characters long.  The nth character of the
** string indicates the column affinity that should be used for the nth
** field of the index key.

**
** The mapping from character to affinity is given by the SQLITE_AFF_
** macros defined in sqliteInt.h.
**
** If P4 is NULL then all index fields have the affinity NONE.
*/
case OP_MakeRecord: {
................................................................................
  /* Assuming the record contains N fields, the record format looks
  ** like this:
  **
  ** ------------------------------------------------------------------------
  ** | hdr-size | type 0 | type 1 | ... | type N-1 | data0 | ... | data N-1 | 
  ** ------------------------------------------------------------------------
  **
  ** Data(0) is taken from register P1.  Data(1) comes from register P1+1
  ** and so froth.
  **
  ** Each type field is a varint representing the serial type of the 
  ** corresponding data element (see sqlite3VdbeSerialType()). The
  ** hdr-size field is also a varint which is the offset from the beginning
  ** of the record to data0.
  */
  u8 *zNewRecord;        /* A buffer to hold the data for the new record */
................................................................................
    i += sqlite3PutVarint(&zNewRecord[i], serial_type);      /* serial type */
  }
  for(pRec=pData0; pRec<=pLast; pRec++){  /* serial data */
    i += sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(&zNewRecord[i], nByte-i, pRec, file_format);
  }
  assert( i==nByte );

  assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=p->nMem );


  pOut = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
  Release(pOut);

  pOut->n = nByte;
  if( nByte<=sizeof(zTemp) ){
    assert( zNewRecord==(unsigned char *)zTemp );
    pOut->z = pOut->zShort;
    memcpy(pOut->zShort, zTemp, nByte);
    pOut->flags = MEM_Blob | MEM_Short;
  }else{
................................................................................
** entire transaction.  The statement transaction will automatically
** commit when the VDBE halts.
**
** The statement is begun on the database file with index P1.  The main
** database file has an index of 0 and the file used for temporary tables
** has an index of 1.
*/
case OP_Statement: {
  int i = pOp->p1;
  Btree *pBt;
  if( i>=0 && i<db->nDb && (pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt)!=0
        && (db->autoCommit==0 || db->activeVdbeCnt>1) ){
    assert( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt) );
    assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<<i))!=0 );
    if( !sqlite3BtreeIsInStmt(pBt) ){
................................................................................
**
** Set the database auto-commit flag to P1 (1 or 0). If P2 is true, roll
** back any currently active btree transactions. If there are any active
** VMs (apart from this one), then the COMMIT or ROLLBACK statement fails.
**
** This instruction causes the VM to halt.
*/
case OP_AutoCommit: {
  u8 i = pOp->p1;
  u8 rollback = pOp->p2;

  assert( i==1 || i==0 );
  assert( i==1 || rollback==0 );

  assert( db->activeVdbeCnt>0 );  /* At least this one VM is active */
................................................................................
    if( pOp->p2 ){
      assert( i==1 );
      sqlite3RollbackAll(db);
      db->autoCommit = 1;
    }else{
      db->autoCommit = i;
      if( sqlite3VdbeHalt(p)==SQLITE_BUSY ){

        p->pc = pc;
        db->autoCommit = 1-i;
        p->rc = rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
        goto vdbe_return;
      }
    }
    if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
................................................................................
** underway.  Starting a write transaction also creates a rollback journal. A
** write transaction must be started before any changes can be made to the
** database.  If P2 is 2 or greater then an EXCLUSIVE lock is also obtained
** on the file.
**
** If P2 is zero, then a read-lock is obtained on the database file.
*/
case OP_Transaction: {
  int i = pOp->p1;
  Btree *pBt;

  assert( i>=0 && i<db->nDb );
  assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<<i))!=0 );
  pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;

  if( pBt ){
    rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pBt, pOp->p2);
    if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
      p->pc = pc;
      p->rc = rc = SQLITE_BUSY;

      goto vdbe_return;
    }
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_READONLY /* && rc!=SQLITE_BUSY */ ){
      goto abort_due_to_error;
    }
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: ReadCookie P1 P2 P3 * *
**
** Read cookie number P3 from database P1 and write it into register P2.

** P3==0 is the schema version.  P3==1 is the database format.
** P3==2 is the recommended pager cache size, and so forth.  P1==0 is
** the main database file and P1==1 is the database file used to store
** temporary tables.
**
** If P1 is negative, then this is a request to read the size of a
** databases free-list. P3 must be set to 1 in this case. The actual
................................................................................
** P2==0 is the schema version.  P2==1 is the database format.
** P2==2 is the recommended pager cache size, and so forth.  P1==0 is
** the main database file and P1==1 is the database file used to store
** temporary tables.
**
** A transaction must be started before executing this opcode.
*/
case OP_SetCookie: {       /* in3 */
  Db *pDb;
  assert( pOp->p2<SQLITE_N_BTREE_META );
  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
  assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<<pOp->p1))!=0 );
  pDb = &db->aDb[pOp->p1];
  assert( pDb->pBt!=0 );
  sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn3);
................................................................................
** This operation is used to detect when that the cookie has changed
** and that the current process needs to reread the schema.
**
** Either a transaction needs to have been started or an OP_Open needs
** to be executed (to establish a read lock) before this opcode is
** invoked.
*/
case OP_VerifyCookie: {
  int iMeta;
  Btree *pBt;
  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
  assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<<pOp->p1))!=0 );
  pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt;
  if( pBt ){
    rc = sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(pBt, 1, (u32 *)&iMeta);
................................................................................
**
** This instruction works just like OpenRead except that it opens the cursor
** in read/write mode.  For a given table, there can be one or more read-only
** cursors or a single read/write cursor but not both.
**
** See also OpenRead.
*/
case OP_OpenRead:
case OP_OpenWrite: {
  int i = pOp->p1;
  int p2 = pOp->p2;
  int iDb = pOp->p3;
  int wrFlag;
  Btree *pX;
  Cursor *pCur;
  Db *pDb;
................................................................................
    if( pDb->pSchema->file_format < p->minWriteFileFormat ){
      p->minWriteFileFormat = pDb->pSchema->file_format;
    }
  }else{
    wrFlag = 0;
  }
  if( pOp->p5 ){

    assert( p2>0 );





    assert( p2<=p->nMem );
    pIn2 = &p->aMem[p2];
    sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn2);
    p2 = pIn2->u.i;

    assert( p2>=2 );
  }
  assert( i>=0 );
  pCur = allocateCursor(p, i, iDb);
  if( pCur==0 ) goto no_mem;
  pCur->nullRow = 1;
  if( pX==0 ) break;
................................................................................
    pCur->pKeyInfo = 0;
    pCur->pIncrKey = &pCur->bogusIncrKey;
  }
  switch( rc ){
    case SQLITE_BUSY: {
      p->pc = pc;
      p->rc = rc = SQLITE_BUSY;

      goto vdbe_return;
    }
    case SQLITE_OK: {
      int flags = sqlite3BtreeFlags(pCur->pCursor);
      /* Sanity checking.  Only the lower four bits of the flags byte should
      ** be used.  Bit 3 (mask 0x08) is unpreditable.  The lower 3 bits
      ** (mask 0x07) should be either 5 (intkey+leafdata for tables) or
................................................................................
**
** This opcode was once called OpenTemp.  But that created
** confusion because the term "temp table", might refer either
** to a TEMP table at the SQL level, or to a table opened by
** this opcode.  Then this opcode was call OpenVirtual.  But
** that created confusion with the whole virtual-table idea.
*/
case OP_OpenEphemeral: {
  int i = pOp->p1;
  Cursor *pCx;
  static const int openFlags = 
      SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE |
      SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE |
      SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE |
      SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE |
................................................................................
** closed.
**
** A pseudo-table created by this opcode is useful for holding the
** NEW or OLD tables in a trigger.  Also used to hold the a single
** row output from the sorter so that the row can be decomposed into
** individual columns using the OP_Column opcode.
*/
case OP_OpenPseudo: {
  int i = pOp->p1;
  Cursor *pCx;
  assert( i>=0 );
  pCx = allocateCursor(p, i, -1);
  if( pCx==0 ) goto no_mem;
  pCx->nullRow = 1;
  pCx->pseudoTable = 1;
................................................................................
}

/* Opcode: Close P1 * * * *
**
** Close a cursor previously opened as P1.  If P1 is not
** currently open, this instruction is a no-op.
*/
case OP_Close: {
  int i = pOp->p1;
  if( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor ){
    sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p, p->apCsr[i]);
    p->apCsr[i] = 0;
  }
  break;
}
................................................................................
** cursor P1 so that it points to the smallest entry that is greater
** than or equal to the key in register P3.
** If there are no records greater than or equal to the key and P2 
** is not zero, then jump to P2.
**
** See also: Found, NotFound, Distinct, MoveLt, MoveGt, MoveLe
*/
/* Opcode: MoveGt P1 P2 P3 * *
**
** Use the value in register P3 as a key.  Reposition
** cursor P1 so that it points to the smallest entry that is greater
** than the key in register P3.
** If there are no records greater than the key and P2 is not zero,
** then jump to P2.
**
** See also: Found, NotFound, Distinct, MoveLt, MoveGe, MoveLe
*/
/* Opcode: MoveLt P1 P2 P3 * * 
**
** Use the value in register P3 as a key.  Reposition
** cursor P1 so that it points to the largest entry that is less
** than the key in register P3.
** If there are no records less than the key and P2 is not zero,
** then jump to P2.
**
** See also: Found, NotFound, Distinct, MoveGt, MoveGe, MoveLe
*/
/* Opcode: MoveLe P1 P2 P3 * *
**
** Use the value in register P3 as a key.  Reposition
** cursor P1 so that it points to the largest entry that is less than
** or equal to the key.
** If there are no records less than or eqal to the key and P2 is not zero,
** then jump to P2.
**
** See also: Found, NotFound, Distinct, MoveGt, MoveGe, MoveLt
*/
case OP_MoveLt:         /* jump, in3 */
case OP_MoveLe:         /* jump, in3 */
case OP_MoveGe:         /* jump, in3 */
case OP_MoveGt: {       /* jump, in3 */
  int i = pOp->p1;
  Cursor *pC;

  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
  pC = p->apCsr[i];
  assert( pC!=0 );
  if( pC->pCursor!=0 ){
................................................................................
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Found P1 P2 P3 * *
**
** Register P3 holds a blob constructed by MakeRecord.  P1 is an index.
** If an entry that matches the value in register p3 exists in P1 then
** jump to P2.  If the P3 value does not match any entry in P1
** then fall thru.  The P1 cursor is left pointing at the matching entry
** if it exists.
**
** This instruction is used to implement the IN operator where the
** left-hand side is a SELECT statement.  P1 may be a true index, or it
** may be a temporary index that holds the results of the SELECT
** statement.   This instruction is also used to implement the
** DISTINCT keyword in SELECT statements.
**
** This instruction checks if index P1 contains a record for which 
** the first N serialised values exactly match the N serialised values
** in the record in register P3, where N is the total number of values in
** the P3 record (the P3 record is a prefix of the P1 record). 
**
** See also: NotFound, MoveTo, IsUnique, NotExists
*/
/* Opcode: NotFound P1 P2 P3 * *
**
** Register P3 holds a blob constructed by MakeRecord.  P1 is
** an index.  If no entry exists in P1 that matches the blob then jump
** to P2.  If an entry does existing, fall through.  The cursor is left
** pointing to the entry that matches.
**



** See also: Found, MoveTo, NotExists, IsUnique
*/
case OP_NotFound:       /* jump, in3 */
case OP_Found: {        /* jump, in3 */
  int i = pOp->p1;
  int alreadyExists = 0;
  Cursor *pC;
  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
  assert( p->apCsr[i]!=0 );
  if( (pC = p->apCsr[i])->pCursor!=0 ){
    int res;
................................................................................
** fields matches K but the rowid is different from R.
** If there is no such entry, then there is an immediate
** jump to P2.  If any entry does exist where the index string
** matches K but the record number is not R, then the record
** number for that entry is written into P3 and control
** falls through to the next instruction.
**
** See also: NotFound, NotExists, Found
*/
case OP_IsUnique: {        /* jump, in3 */
  int i = pOp->p1;
  Cursor *pCx;
  BtCursor *pCrsr;
  Mem *pK;
  i64 R;

  /* Pop the value R off the top of the stack
  */
  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 );

  assert( pOp->p4.i>0 && pOp->p4.i<=p->nMem );


  pK = &p->aMem[pOp->p4.i];

  sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn3);
  R = pIn3->u.i;
  assert( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 );
  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
  pCx = p->apCsr[i];
  assert( pCx!=0 );
  pCrsr = pCx->pCursor;
................................................................................
      goto abort_due_to_error;
    }
    if( v==R ){
      pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
      break;
    }

    /* The final varint of the key is different from R.  Store it back
    ** into register R3.  (The record number of an entry that violates
    ** a UNIQUE constraint.)
    */

    pIn3->u.i = v;
    assert( pIn3->flags==MEM_Int );
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: NotExists P1 P2 P3 * *
**
** Use the content of register P3 as a integer key.  If a record 

** with that key does not exist in table of P1, then jump to P2. 
** If the record does exist, then fall thru.  The cursor is left 
** pointing to the record if it exists.

**
** The difference between this operation and NotFound is that this
** operation assumes the key is an integer and that P1 is a table whereas
** NotFound assumes key is a blob constructed from MakeRecord and
** P1 is an index.
**
** See also: Found, MoveTo, NotFound, IsUnique
*/
case OP_NotExists: {        /* jump, in3 */
  int i = pOp->p1;
  Cursor *pC;
  BtCursor *pCrsr;
  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
  assert( p->apCsr[i]!=0 );
  if( (pCrsr = (pC = p->apCsr[i])->pCursor)!=0 ){
    int res;
................................................................................
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Sequence P1 P2 * * *
**
** Find the next available sequence number for cursor P1.
** Write the sequence number into register P2.

** The sequence number on the cursor is incremented after this
** instruction.  
*/
case OP_Sequence: {           /* out2-prerelease */
  int i = pOp->p1;
  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
  assert( p->apCsr[i]!=0 );
................................................................................
}


/* Opcode: NewRowid P1 P2 P3 * *
**
** Get a new integer record number (a.k.a "rowid") used as the key to a table.
** The record number is not previously used as a key in the database
** table that cursor P1 points to.  The new record number is written
** written to register P2.
**
** If P3>0 then P3 is a register that holds the largest previously
** generated record number.  No new record numbers are allowed to be less
** than this value.  When this value reaches its maximum, a SQLITE_FULL
** error is generated.  The P3 register is updated with the generated
** record number.  This P3 mechanism is used to help implement the
** AUTOINCREMENT feature.
................................................................................
** and register P2 becomes ephemeral.  If the cursor is changed, the
** value of register P2 will then change.  Make sure this does not
** cause any problems.)
**
** This instruction only works on tables.  The equivalent instruction
** for indices is OP_IdxInsert.
*/
case OP_Insert: {
  Mem *pData = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
  Mem *pKey = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];

  int i = pOp->p1;
  Cursor *pC;
  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
  assert( p->apCsr[i]!=0 );
................................................................................
** a record from within an Next loop.
**
** If the OPFLAG_NCHANGE flag of P2 is set, then the row change count is
** incremented (otherwise not).
**
** If P1 is a pseudo-table, then this instruction is a no-op.
*/
case OP_Delete: {
  int i = pOp->p1;
  Cursor *pC;
  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
  pC = p->apCsr[i];
  assert( pC!=0 );
  if( pC->pCursor!=0 ){
    i64 iKey;
................................................................................
/* Opcode: ResetCount P1 * *
**
** This opcode resets the VMs internal change counter to 0. If P1 is true,
** then the value of the change counter is copied to the database handle
** change counter (returned by subsequent calls to sqlite3_changes())
** before it is reset. This is used by trigger programs.
*/
case OP_ResetCount: {
  if( pOp->p1 ){
    sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, p->nChange);
  }
  p->nChange = 0;
  break;
}

................................................................................
** If the cursor is not pointing to a valid row, a NULL value is
** written into P2.
*/
/* Opcode: RowKey P1 P2 * * *
**
** Write into register P2 the complete row key for cursor P1.
** There is no interpretation of the data.  
** The key is copied onto the P3 register exactly as 
** it is found in the database file.
**
** If the cursor is not pointing to a valid row, a NULL is
** written into P2.
*/
case OP_RowKey:             /* out2-prerelease */
case OP_RowData: {          /* out2-prerelease */
................................................................................
    v = keyToInt(v);
  }
  pOut->u.i = v;
  pOut->flags = MEM_Int;
  break;
}

/* Opcode: NullRow P1 * * * *
**
** Move the cursor P1 to a null row.  Any OP_Column operations
** that occur while the cursor is on the null row will always
** write a NULL.
*/
case OP_NullRow: {
  int i = pOp->p1;
  Cursor *pC;

  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
  pC = p->apCsr[i];
  assert( pC!=0 );
  pC->nullRow = 1;
  pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Last P1 P2 * * *
**
** The next use of the Rowid or Column or Next instruction for P1 
** will refer to the last entry in the database table or index.
** If the table or index is empty and P2>0, then jump immediately to P2.
** If P2 is 0 or if the table or index is not empty, fall through
** to the following instruction.
*/
case OP_Last: {        /* jump */
  int i = pOp->p1;
  Cursor *pC;
  BtCursor *pCrsr;

  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
  pC = p->apCsr[i];
  assert( pC!=0 );
................................................................................
  }else{
    pC->nullRow = 0;
  }
  break;
}


/* Opcode: Sort P1 P2 * * *
**
** This opcode does exactly the same thing as OP_Rewind except that
** it increments an undocumented global variable used for testing.
**
** Sorting is accomplished by writing records into a sorting index,
** then rewinding that index and playing it back from beginning to
** end.  We use the OP_Sort opcode instead of OP_Rewind to do the
** rewinding so that the global variable will be incremented and
** regression tests can determine whether or not the optimizer is
** correctly optimizing out sorts.
*/
case OP_Sort: {        /* jump */
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
  sqlite3_sort_count++;
  sqlite3_search_count--;
#endif
  /* Fall through into OP_Rewind */
}
/* Opcode: Rewind P1 P2 * * *
**
** The next use of the Rowid or Column or Next instruction for P1 
** will refer to the first entry in the database table or index.
** If the table or index is empty and P2>0, then jump immediately to P2.
** If P2 is 0 or if the table or index is not empty, fall through
** to the following instruction.
*/
case OP_Rewind: {        /* jump */
  int i = pOp->p1;
  Cursor *pC;
  BtCursor *pCrsr;
  int res;

  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
  pC = p->apCsr[i];
................................................................................
  pC->nullRow = res;
  if( res && pOp->p2>0 ){
    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Next P1 P2 * * *
**
** Advance cursor P1 so that it points to the next key/data pair in its
** table or index.  If there are no more key/value pairs then fall through
** to the following instruction.  But if the cursor advance was successful,
** jump immediately to P2.
**
** See also: Prev
*/
/* Opcode: Prev P1 P2 * * *
**
** Back up cursor P1 so that it points to the previous key/data pair in its
** table or index.  If there is no previous key/value pairs then fall through
** to the following instruction.  But if the cursor backup was successful,
** jump immediately to P2.
*/
case OP_Prev:          /* jump */
case OP_Next: {        /* jump */
  Cursor *pC;
  BtCursor *pCrsr;

  CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT;
  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
  if( pC==0 ){
................................................................................
  }else{
    pC->nullRow = 1;
  }
  pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
  break;
}

/* Opcode: IdxInsert P1 P2 P3 * *
**
** Register P2 holds a SQL index key made using the
** MakeIdxRec instructions.  This opcode writes that key
** into the index P1.  Data for the entry is nil.
**
** P3 is a flag that provides a hint to the b-tree layer that this
** insert is likely to be an append.
**
** This instruction only works for indices.  The equivalent instruction
** for tables is OP_Insert.
*/
case OP_IdxInsert: {        /* in2 */
  int i = pOp->p1;
  Cursor *pC;
  BtCursor *pCrsr;
  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
  assert( p->apCsr[i]!=0 );
  assert( pIn2->flags & MEM_Blob );
  if( (pCrsr = (pC = p->apCsr[i])->pCursor)!=0 ){
................................................................................
      assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
      pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
    }
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: IdxDelete P1 P2 * * *
**
** The content of register P2 is an index key built using the either the
** MakeIdxRec opcode.  Removes that entry from the index.
*/
case OP_IdxDelete: {        /* in2 */
  int i = pOp->p1;
  Cursor *pC;
  BtCursor *pCrsr;
  assert( pIn2->flags & MEM_Blob );
  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
  assert( p->apCsr[i]!=0 );
  if( (pCrsr = (pC = p->apCsr[i])->pCursor)!=0 ){
................................................................................
** then jump to P2.  Otherwise fall through to the next instruction.
**
** If P5 is non-zero then the
** index taken from register P3 is temporarily increased by
** an epsilon prior to the comparison.  This makes the opcode work
** like IdxLE.
*/
case OP_IdxLT:          /* jump, in3 */
case OP_IdxGT:          /* jump, in3 */
case OP_IdxGE: {        /* jump, in3 */
  int i= pOp->p1;
  Cursor *pC;

  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
  assert( p->apCsr[i]!=0 );
  if( (pC = p->apCsr[i])->pCursor!=0 ){
    int res;
................................................................................
** P3==1 then the table to be clear is in the auxiliary database file
** that is used to store tables create using CREATE TEMPORARY TABLE.
**
** If AUTOVACUUM is enabled then it is possible that another root page
** might be moved into the newly deleted root page in order to keep all
** root pages contiguous at the beginning of the database.  The former
** value of the root page that moved - its value before the move occurred -
** is stored in register P2.  If no page 
** movement was required (because the table being dropped was already 
** the last one in the database) then a zero is stored in register P2.
** If AUTOVACUUM is disabled then a zero is stored in register P2.
**
** See also: Clear
*/
case OP_Destroy: {     /* out2-prerelease */
................................................................................
**
** The table being clear is in the main database file if P2==0.  If
** P2==1 then the table to be clear is in the auxiliary database file
** that is used to store tables create using CREATE TEMPORARY TABLE.
**
** See also: Destroy
*/
case OP_Clear: {
  assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<<pOp->p2))!=0 );
  rc = sqlite3BtreeClearTable(db->aDb[pOp->p2].pBt, pOp->p1);
  break;
}

/* Opcode: CreateTable P1 P2 * * *
**
** Allocate a new table in the main database file if P1==0 or in the
** auxiliary database file if P1==1 or in an attached database if
** P1>1.  Write the root page number of the new table into
** register P2
**
** The difference between a table and an index is this:  A table must
** have a 4-byte integer key and can have arbitrary data.  An index
** has an arbitrary key but no data.
**
** See also: CreateIndex
*/
/* Opcode: CreateIndex P1 P2 * * *
**
** Allocate a new index in the main database file if P1==0 or in the
** auxiliary database file if P1==1 or in an attached database if
** P1>1.  Write the root page number of the new table into
** register P2.
**
** See documentation on OP_CreateTable for additional information.
*/
case OP_CreateIndex:            /* out2-prerelease */
case OP_CreateTable: {          /* out2-prerelease */
  int pgno;
  int flags;
................................................................................
** no-op if the schema is not currently loaded.  In other words, if P2
** is false, the SQLITE_MASTER table is only parsed if the rest of the
** schema is already loaded into the symbol table.
**
** This opcode invokes the parser to create a new virtual machine,
** then runs the new virtual machine.  It is thus a reentrant opcode.
*/
case OP_ParseSchema: {
  char *zSql;
  int iDb = pOp->p1;
  const char *zMaster;
  InitData initData;

  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
  if( !pOp->p2 && !DbHasProperty(db, iDb, DB_SchemaLoaded) ){
................................................................................
#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PARSER)
/* Opcode: LoadAnalysis P1 * * * *
**
** Read the sqlite_stat1 table for database P1 and load the content
** of that table into the internal index hash table.  This will cause
** the analysis to be used when preparing all subsequent queries.
*/
case OP_LoadAnalysis: {
  int iDb = pOp->p1;
  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
  rc = sqlite3AnalysisLoad(db, iDb);
  break;  
}
#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PARSER)  */

................................................................................
/* Opcode: DropTable P1 * * P4 *
**
** Remove the internal (in-memory) data structures that describe
** the table named P4 in database P1.  This is called after a table
** is dropped in order to keep the internal representation of the
** schema consistent with what is on disk.
*/
case OP_DropTable: {
  sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTable(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z);
  break;
}

/* Opcode: DropIndex P1 * * P4 *
**
** Remove the internal (in-memory) data structures that describe
** the index named P4 in database P1.  This is called after an index
** is dropped in order to keep the internal representation of the
** schema consistent with what is on disk.
*/
case OP_DropIndex: {
  sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteIndex(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z);
  break;
}

/* Opcode: DropTrigger P1 * * P4 *
**
** Remove the internal (in-memory) data structures that describe
** the trigger named P4 in database P1.  This is called after a trigger
** is dropped in order to keep the internal representation of the
** schema consistent with what is on disk.
*/
case OP_DropTrigger: {
  sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z);
  break;
}


#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK
/* Opcode: IntegrityCk P1 P2 P3 * P5
................................................................................
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */

/* Opcode: FifoWrite P1 * * * *
**
** Write the integer from register P1 into the Fifo.
*/
case OP_FifoWrite: {        /* in1 */
  if( sqlite3VdbeFifoPush(&p->sFifo, sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1))==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
    goto no_mem;
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: FifoRead P1 P2 * * *
................................................................................
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
/* Opcode: ContextPush * * * 
**
** Save the current Vdbe context such that it can be restored by a ContextPop
** opcode. The context stores the last insert row id, the last statement change
** count, and the current statement change count.
*/
case OP_ContextPush: {
  int i = p->contextStackTop++;
  Context *pContext;

  assert( i>=0 );
  /* FIX ME: This should be allocated as part of the vdbe at compile-time */
  if( i>=p->contextStackDepth ){
    p->contextStackDepth = i+1;
................................................................................

/* Opcode: ContextPop * * * 
**
** Restore the Vdbe context to the state it was in when contextPush was last
** executed. The context stores the last insert row id, the last statement
** change count, and the current statement change count.
*/
case OP_ContextPop: {
  Context *pContext = &p->contextStack[--p->contextStackTop];
  assert( p->contextStackTop>=0 );
  db->lastRowid = pContext->lastRowid;
  p->nChange = pContext->nChange;
  sqlite3VdbeFifoClear(&p->sFifo);
  p->sFifo = pContext->sFifo;
  break;
................................................................................
**
** Set the value of register P1 to the maximum of its current value
** and the value in register P2.
**
** This instruction throws an error if the memory cell is not initially
** an integer.
*/
case OP_MemMax: {        /* in1, in2 */
  sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn1);
  sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn2);
  if( pIn1->u.i<pIn2->u.i){
    pIn1->u.i = pIn2->u.i;
  }

  break;
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT */

/* Opcode: IfPos P1 P2 * * *
**
** If the value of register P1 is 1 or greater, jump to P2.
**
** It is illegal to use this instruction on a register that does
** not contain an integer.  An assertion fault will result if you try.
*/
case OP_IfPos: {        /* jump, in1 */
  assert( pIn1->flags==MEM_Int );
  if( pIn1->u.i>0 ){
     pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
  }
  break;
}

................................................................................
/* Opcode: IfNeg P1 P2 * * *
**
** If the value of register P1 is less than zero, jump to P2. 
**
** It is illegal to use this instruction on a register that does
** not contain an integer.  An assertion fault will result if you try.
*/
case OP_IfNeg: {        /* jump, in1 */
  assert( pIn1->flags==MEM_Int );
  if( pIn1->u.i<0 ){
     pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
  }
  break;
}

................................................................................
/* Opcode: IfZero P1 P2 * * *
**
** If the value of register P1 is exactly 0, jump to P2. 
**
** It is illegal to use this instruction on a register that does
** not contain an integer.  An assertion fault will result if you try.
*/
case OP_IfZero: {        /* jump, in1 */
  assert( pIn1->flags==MEM_Int );
  if( pIn1->u.i==0 ){
     pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
  }
  break;
}

................................................................................
** function has P5 arguments.   P4 is a pointer to the FuncDef
** structure that specifies the function.  Use register
** P3 as the accumulator.
**
** The P5 arguments are taken from register P2 and its
** successors.
*/
case OP_AggStep: {
  int n = pOp->p5;
  int i;
  Mem *pMem, *pRec;
  sqlite3_context ctx;
  sqlite3_value **apVal;

  assert( n>=0 );
................................................................................
** P2 is the number of arguments that the step function takes and
** P4 is a pointer to the FuncDef for this function.  The P2
** argument is not used by this opcode.  It is only there to disambiguate
** functions that can take varying numbers of arguments.  The
** P4 argument is only needed for the degenerate case where
** the step function was not previously called.
*/
case OP_AggFinal: {
  Mem *pMem;
  assert( pOp->p1>0 && pOp->p1<=p->nMem );
  pMem = &p->aMem[pOp->p1];
  assert( (pMem->flags & ~(MEM_Null|MEM_Agg))==0 );
  rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(pMem, pOp->p4.pFunc);
  if( rc==SQLITE_ERROR ){
    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, sqlite3_value_text(pMem), (char*)0);
................................................................................
#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH)
/* Opcode: Vacuum * * * * *
**
** Vacuum the entire database.  This opcode will cause other virtual
** machines to be created and run.  It may not be called from within
** a transaction.
*/
case OP_Vacuum: {
  if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse; 
  rc = sqlite3RunVacuum(&p->zErrMsg, db);
  if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
  break;
}
#endif

................................................................................
#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM)
/* Opcode: IncrVacuum P1 P2 * * *
**
** Perform a single step of the incremental vacuum procedure on
** the P1 database. If the vacuum has finished, jump to instruction
** P2. Otherwise, fall through to the next instruction.
*/
case OP_IncrVacuum: {        /* jump */
  Btree *pBt;

  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
  assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<<pOp->p1))!=0 );
  pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt;
  rc = sqlite3BtreeIncrVacuum(pBt);
  if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
................................................................................
** Cause precompiled statements to become expired. An expired statement
** fails with an error code of SQLITE_SCHEMA if it is ever executed 
** (via sqlite3_step()).
** 
** If P1 is 0, then all SQL statements become expired. If P1 is non-zero,
** then only the currently executing statement is affected. 
*/
case OP_Expire: {
  if( !pOp->p1 ){
    sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
  }else{
    p->expired = 1;
  }
  break;
}
................................................................................
** required. 
**
** P2 contains the root-page of the table to lock.
**
** P4 contains a pointer to the name of the table being locked. This is only
** used to generate an error message if the lock cannot be obtained.
*/
case OP_TableLock: {
  int p1 = pOp->p1; 
  u8 isWriteLock = (p1<0);
  if( isWriteLock ){
    p1 = (-1*p1)-1;
  }
  assert( p1>=0 && p1<db->nDb );
  assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<<p1))!=0 );
................................................................................

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
/* Opcode: VBegin * * * P4 *
**
** P4 a pointer to an sqlite3_vtab structure. Call the xBegin method 
** for that table.
*/
case OP_VBegin: {
  rc = sqlite3VtabBegin(db, pOp->p4.pVtab);
  break;
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
/* Opcode: VCreate P1 * * P4 *
**
** P4 is the name of a virtual table in database P1. Call the xCreate method
** for that table.
*/
case OP_VCreate: {
  rc = sqlite3VtabCallCreate(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z, &p->zErrMsg);
  break;
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
/* Opcode: VDestroy P1 * * P4 *
**
** P4 is the name of a virtual table in database P1.  Call the xDestroy method
** of that table.
*/
case OP_VDestroy: {
  p->inVtabMethod = 2;
  rc = sqlite3VtabCallDestroy(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z);
  p->inVtabMethod = 0;
  break;
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */

................................................................................
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
/* Opcode: VOpen P1 * * P4 *
**
** P4 is a pointer to a virtual table object, an sqlite3_vtab structure.
** P1 is a cursor number.  This opcode opens a cursor to the virtual
** table and stores that cursor in P1.
*/
case OP_VOpen: {
  Cursor *pCur = 0;
  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor = 0;

  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab;
  sqlite3_module *pModule = (sqlite3_module *)pVtab->pModule;

  assert(pVtab && pModule);
................................................................................
** P3. Register P3+1 stores the argc parameter to be passed to the
** xFilter method. Registers P3+2..P3+1+argc are the argc additional
** parametersneath additional parameters which are passed to
** xFilter as argv. Register P3+2 becomes argv[0] when passed to xFilter.
**
** A jump is made to P2 if the result set after filtering would be empty.
*/
case OP_VFilter: {   /* jump */
  int nArg;
  int iQuery;
  const sqlite3_module *pModule;
  Mem *pQuery = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
  Mem *pArgc = &pQuery[1];

  Cursor *pCur = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];

  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pQuery);
  assert( pCur->pVtabCursor );
  pModule = pCur->pVtabCursor->pVtab->pModule;

  /* Grab the index number and argc parameters */
  assert( (pQuery->flags&MEM_Int)!=0 && pArgc->flags==MEM_Int );
  nArg = pArgc->u.i;
  iQuery = pQuery->u.i;

  /* Invoke the xFilter method */
  {
    int res = 0;
................................................................................
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
/* Opcode: VRowid P1 P2 * * *
**
** Store into register P2  the rowid of
** the virtual-table that the P1 cursor is pointing to.

*/
case OP_VRowid: {             /* out2-prerelease */
  const sqlite3_module *pModule;

  Cursor *pCur = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
  assert( pCur->pVtabCursor );
  pModule = pCur->pVtabCursor->pVtab->pModule;
................................................................................

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
/* Opcode: VColumn P1 P2 P3 * *
**
** Store the value of the P2-th column of
** the row of the virtual-table that the 
** P1 cursor is pointing to into register P3.

*/
case OP_VColumn: {
  const sqlite3_module *pModule;

  Cursor *pCur = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
  assert( pCur->pVtabCursor );
  pModule = pCur->pVtabCursor->pVtab->pModule;
................................................................................
    sqlite3_context sContext;
    memset(&sContext, 0, sizeof(sContext));
    sContext.s.flags = MEM_Null;
    sContext.s.db = db;
    if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
    rc = pModule->xColumn(pCur->pVtabCursor, &sContext, pOp->p2);

    /* Copy the result of the function to the P3 register. We
    ** do this regardless of whether or not an error occured to ensure any
    ** dynamic allocation in sContext.s (a Mem struct) is  released.
    */
    sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(&sContext.s, encoding);

    assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=p->nMem );
    pDest = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
    REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pDest);




    sqlite3VdbeMemMove(pDest, &sContext.s);
    UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pDest);

    if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ){
      goto abort_due_to_misuse;
    }
    if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(pDest) ){
................................................................................
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
/* Opcode: VNext P1 P2 * * *
**
** Advance virtual table P1 to the next row in its result set and
** jump to instruction P2.  Or, if the virtual table has reached
** the end of its result set, then fall through to the next instruction.
*/
case OP_VNext: {   /* jump */
  const sqlite3_module *pModule;
  int res = 0;

  Cursor *pCur = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
  assert( pCur->pVtabCursor );
  pModule = pCur->pVtabCursor->pVtab->pModule;
  if( pModule->xNext==0 ){
................................................................................
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
/* Opcode: VRename P1 * * P4 *
**
** P4 is a pointer to a virtual table object, an sqlite3_vtab structure.
** This opcode invokes the corresponding xRename method. The value
** in register P1 is passed as the zName argument to the xRename method.
*/
case OP_VRename: {
  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab;
  Mem *pName = &p->aMem[pOp->p1];
  assert( pVtab->pModule->xRename );
  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, pName);

  Stringify(pName, encoding);

................................................................................
** If P2==1 then no insert is performed.  argv[0] is the rowid of
** a row to delete.
**
** P1 is a boolean flag. If it is set to true and the xUpdate call
** is successful, then the value returned by sqlite3_last_insert_rowid() 
** is set to the value of the rowid for the row just inserted.
*/
case OP_VUpdate: {
  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab;
  sqlite3_module *pModule = (sqlite3_module *)pVtab->pModule;
  int nArg = pOp->p2;
  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_VTAB );
  if( pModule->xUpdate==0 ){
    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, "read-only table", 0);
    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
................................................................................
** The cases of the switch statement above this line should all be indented
** by 6 spaces.  But the left-most 6 spaces have been removed to improve the
** readability.  From this point on down, the normal indentation rules are
** restored.
*****************************************************************************/
    }










#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
    {
      long long elapse = hwtime() - start;
      pOp->cycles += elapse;
      pOp->cnt++;
#if 0
        fprintf(stdout, "%10lld ", elapse);
................................................................................

    /* The following code adds nothing to the actual functionality
    ** of the program.  It is only here for testing and debugging.
    ** On the other hand, it does burn CPU cycles every time through
    ** the evaluator loop.  So we can leave it out when NDEBUG is defined.
    */
#ifndef NDEBUG










    assert( pc>=-1 && pc<p->nOp );

#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG

    if( p->trace ){
      if( rc!=0 ) fprintf(p->trace,"rc=%d\n",rc);
      if( (opProperty&(OPFLG_OUT2_PRERELEASE|OPFLG_OUT2))!=0 && pOp->p2>0 ){
        registerTrace(p->trace, pOp->p2, pOut);
      }
      if( (opProperty&OPFLG_OUT3)!=0 && pOp->p3>0 ){
        registerTrace(p->trace, pOp->p3, pOut);
      }








    }
#endif  /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
#endif  /* NDEBUG */
  }  /* The end of the for(;;) loop the loops through opcodes */

  /* If we reach this point, it means that execution is finished.
  */
................................................................................
  if( rc ){
    p->rc = rc;
    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
  }else{
    rc = SQLITE_DONE;
  }
  sqlite3VdbeHalt(p);


  /* This is the only way out of this procedure.  We have to
  ** release the mutexes on btrees that were acquired at the
  ** top. */
vdbe_return:
  sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayLeave(&p->aMutex);
  return rc;

Changes to src/vdbeInt.h.

287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
...
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
  Vdbe *pPrev,*pNext; /* Linked list of VDBEs with the same Vdbe.db */
  int nOp;            /* Number of instructions in the program */
  int nOpAlloc;       /* Number of slots allocated for aOp[] */
  Op *aOp;            /* Space to hold the virtual machine's program */
  int nLabel;         /* Number of labels used */
  int nLabelAlloc;    /* Number of slots allocated in aLabel[] */
  int *aLabel;        /* Space to hold the labels */
  Mem *aStack;        /* The operand stack, except string values */
  Mem *pTos;          /* Top entry in the operand stack */
  Mem **apArg;        /* Arguments to currently executing user function */
  Mem *aColName;      /* Column names to return */
  int nCursor;        /* Number of slots in apCsr[] */
  Cursor **apCsr;     /* One element of this array for each open cursor */
  int nVar;           /* Number of entries in aVar[] */
  Mem *aVar;          /* Values for the OP_Variable opcode. */
  char **azVar;       /* Name of variables */
................................................................................
  unsigned uniqueCnt;     /* Used by OP_MakeRecord when P2!=0 */
  int errorAction;        /* Recovery action to do in case of an error */
  int inTempTrans;        /* True if temp database is transactioned */
  int returnStack[25];    /* Return address stack for OP_Gosub & OP_Return */
  int returnDepth;        /* Next unused element in returnStack[] */
  int nResColumn;         /* Number of columns in one row of the result set */
  char **azResColumn;     /* Values for one row of result */ 
  int popStack;           /* Pop the stack this much on entry to VdbeExec() */
  char *zErrMsg;          /* Error message written here */
  Mem *pResultSet;        /* Pointer to an array of results */
  u8 explain;             /* True if EXPLAIN present on SQL command */
  u8 changeCntOn;         /* True to update the change-counter */
  u8 aborted;             /* True if ROLLBACK in another VM causes an abort */
  u8 expired;             /* True if the VM needs to be recompiled */
  u8 minWriteFileFormat;  /* Minimum file format for writable database files */







<
<







 







<







287
288
289
290
291
292
293


294
295
296
297
298
299
300
...
313
314
315
316
317
318
319

320
321
322
323
324
325
326
  Vdbe *pPrev,*pNext; /* Linked list of VDBEs with the same Vdbe.db */
  int nOp;            /* Number of instructions in the program */
  int nOpAlloc;       /* Number of slots allocated for aOp[] */
  Op *aOp;            /* Space to hold the virtual machine's program */
  int nLabel;         /* Number of labels used */
  int nLabelAlloc;    /* Number of slots allocated in aLabel[] */
  int *aLabel;        /* Space to hold the labels */


  Mem **apArg;        /* Arguments to currently executing user function */
  Mem *aColName;      /* Column names to return */
  int nCursor;        /* Number of slots in apCsr[] */
  Cursor **apCsr;     /* One element of this array for each open cursor */
  int nVar;           /* Number of entries in aVar[] */
  Mem *aVar;          /* Values for the OP_Variable opcode. */
  char **azVar;       /* Name of variables */
................................................................................
  unsigned uniqueCnt;     /* Used by OP_MakeRecord when P2!=0 */
  int errorAction;        /* Recovery action to do in case of an error */
  int inTempTrans;        /* True if temp database is transactioned */
  int returnStack[25];    /* Return address stack for OP_Gosub & OP_Return */
  int returnDepth;        /* Next unused element in returnStack[] */
  int nResColumn;         /* Number of columns in one row of the result set */
  char **azResColumn;     /* Values for one row of result */ 

  char *zErrMsg;          /* Error message written here */
  Mem *pResultSet;        /* Pointer to an array of results */
  u8 explain;             /* True if EXPLAIN present on SQL command */
  u8 changeCntOn;         /* True to update the change-counter */
  u8 aborted;             /* True if ROLLBACK in another VM causes an abort */
  u8 expired;             /* True if the VM needs to be recompiled */
  u8 minWriteFileFormat;  /* Minimum file format for writable database files */

Changes to src/vdbeaux.c.

229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
...
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
...
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753





754
755
756
757
758
759
760

761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
...
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
...
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955

956
957
958
959

960

961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989








990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
....
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
....
1660
1661
1662
1663
1664
1665
1666
1667
1668
1669
1670
1671
1672
1673
1674
....
1751
1752
1753
1754
1755
1756
1757

1758

1759
1760
1761
1762
1763
1764
1765
  assert( j>=0 && j<p->nLabel );
  if( p->aLabel ){
    p->aLabel[j] = p->nOp;
  }
}

/*
** Loop through the program looking for P2 values that are negative.
** Each such value is a label.  Resolve the label by setting the P2
** value to its correct non-zero value.
**
** This routine is called once after all opcodes have been inserted.
**
** Variable *pMaxFuncArgs is set to the maximum value of any P2 argument 
** to an OP_Function, OP_AggStep or OP_VFilter opcode. This is used by 
** sqlite3VdbeMakeReady() to size the Vdbe.apArg[] array.
**
** The integer *pMaxStack is set to the maximum number of vdbe stack
** entries that static analysis reveals this program might need.
**
** This routine also does the following optimization:  It scans for
** instructions that might cause a statement rollback.  Such instructions
** are:
**
**   *  OP_Halt with P1=SQLITE_CONSTRAINT and P2=OE_Abort.
**   *  OP_Destroy
**   *  OP_VUpdate
**   *  OP_VRename
**
** If no such instruction is found, then every Statement instruction 
** is changed to a Noop.  In this way, we avoid creating the statement 
** journal file unnecessarily.
*/
static void resolveP2Values(Vdbe *p, int *pMaxFuncArgs, int *pMaxStack){
  int i;
  int nMaxArgs = 0;
  int nMaxStack = p->nOp;
  Op *pOp;
  int *aLabel = p->aLabel;
  int doesStatementRollback = 0;
  int hasStatementBegin = 0;
  for(pOp=p->aOp, i=p->nOp-1; i>=0; i--, pOp++){
    u8 opcode = pOp->opcode;

................................................................................
      int n;
      assert( p->nOp - i >= 3 );
      assert( pOp[-1].opcode==OP_Integer );
      n = pOp[-1].p1;
      if( n>nMaxArgs ) nMaxArgs = n;
#endif
    }
    if( !sqlite3VdbeOpcodeHasProperty(opcode, OPFLG_PUSH) ){
      nMaxStack--;
    }

    if( sqlite3VdbeOpcodeHasProperty(opcode, OPFLG_JUMP) && pOp->p2<0 ){
      assert( -1-pOp->p2<p->nLabel );
      pOp->p2 = aLabel[-1-pOp->p2];
    }
  }
  sqlite3_free(p->aLabel);
  p->aLabel = 0;

  *pMaxFuncArgs = nMaxArgs;
  *pMaxStack = nMaxStack;

  /* If we never rollback a statement transaction, then statement
  ** transactions are not needed.  So change every OP_Statement
  ** opcode into an OP_Noop.  This avoid a call to sqlite3OsOpenExclusive()
  ** which can be expensive on some platforms.
  */
  if( hasStatementBegin && !doesStatementRollback ){
................................................................................
/*
** Release an array of N Mem elements
*/
static void releaseMemArray(Mem *p, int N){
  if( p ){
    while( N-->0 ){
      assert( N<2 || p[0].db==p[1].db );
      sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(p++);
    }
  }
}

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
/*
** Give a listing of the program in the virtual machine.
**
** The interface is the same as sqlite3VdbeExec().  But instead of
** running the code, it invokes the callback once for each instruction.
** This feature is used to implement "EXPLAIN".





*/
int sqlite3VdbeList(
  Vdbe *p                   /* The VDBE */
){
  sqlite3 *db = p->db;
  int i;
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;


  assert( p->explain );
  if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN ) return SQLITE_MISUSE;
  assert( db->magic==SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY );
  assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || p->rc==SQLITE_BUSY );

  /* Even though this opcode does not put dynamic strings onto the
  ** the stack, they may become dynamic if the user calls
  ** sqlite3_column_text16(), causing a translation to UTF-16 encoding.
  */
  if( p->pResultSet ){
    releaseMemArray(p->pResultSet, 5);
    p->pResultSet = 0;
  }

  do{
    i = p->pc++;
  }while( i<p->nOp && p->explain==2 && p->aOp[i].opcode!=OP_Explain );
  if( i>=p->nOp ){
    p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
    rc = SQLITE_DONE;
  }else if( db->u1.isInterrupted ){
    p->rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT;
    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, sqlite3ErrStr(p->rc), (char*)0);
  }else{
    Op *pOp = &p->aOp[i];
    Mem *pMem = p->pResultSet = p->aStack;
    if( p->explain==1 ){
      pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
      pMem->type = SQLITE_INTEGER;
      pMem->u.i = i;                                /* Program counter */
      pMem++;
  
      pMem->flags = MEM_Static|MEM_Str|MEM_Term;
................................................................................
        pMem->n = strlen(pMem->z);
        pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
      }
#endif
    }

    p->nResColumn = 8 - 5*(p->explain-1);
    p->pTos = pMem;
    p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
    rc = SQLITE_ROW;
  }
  return rc;
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN */

................................................................................
  /* Set the magic to VDBE_MAGIC_RUN sooner rather than later. This
   * is because the call to resizeOpArray() below may shrink the
   * p->aOp[] array to save memory if called when in VDBE_MAGIC_RUN 
   * state.
   */
  p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_RUN;

  /* No instruction ever pushes more than a single element onto the
  ** stack.  And the stack never grows on successive executions of the
  ** same loop.  So the total number of instructions is an upper bound
  ** on the maximum stack depth required.  (Added later:)  The
  ** resolveP2Values() call computes a tighter upper bound on the
  ** stack size.
  **
  ** Allocation all the stack space we will ever need.
  */
  if( p->aStack==0 ){
    int nArg;       /* Maximum number of args passed to a user function. */
    int nStack;     /* Maximum number of stack entries required */
    resolveP2Values(p, &nArg, &nStack);
    resizeOpArray(p, p->nOp);
    assert( nVar>=0 );
    assert( nStack<p->nOp );
    if( isExplain ){
      nStack = 16;

    }
    p->aStack = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db,
        nStack*sizeof(p->aStack[0])    /* aStack */
      + nArg*sizeof(Mem*)              /* apArg */

      + nVar*sizeof(Mem)               /* aVar */

      + nVar*sizeof(char*)             /* azVar */
      + nMem*sizeof(Mem)               /* aMem */
      + nCursor*sizeof(Cursor*) + 1    /* apCsr */
    );
    if( !db->mallocFailed ){
      p->aMem = &p->aStack[nStack-1];  /* aMem[] goes from 1..nMem */
      p->nMem = nMem;                  /*       not from 0..nMem-1 */
      p->aVar = &p->aMem[nMem+1];
      p->nVar = nVar;
      p->okVar = 0;
      p->apArg = (Mem**)&p->aVar[nVar];
      p->azVar = (char**)&p->apArg[nArg];
      p->apCsr = (Cursor**)&p->azVar[nVar];
      p->nCursor = nCursor;
      for(n=0; n<nVar; n++){
        p->aVar[n].flags = MEM_Null;
        p->aVar[n].db = db;
      }
      for(n=0; n<nStack; n++){
        p->aStack[n].db = db;
      }
    }
  }
  for(n=1; n<=p->nMem; n++){
    p->aMem[n].flags = MEM_Null;
    p->aMem[n].db = db;
  }

  p->pTos = &p->aStack[-1];








  p->pc = -1;
  p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
  p->uniqueCnt = 0;
  p->returnDepth = 0;
  p->errorAction = OE_Abort;
  p->popStack =  0;
  p->explain |= isExplain;
  p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_RUN;
  p->nChange = 0;
  p->cacheCtr = 1;
  p->minWriteFileFormat = 255;
  p->openedStatement = 0;
#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
................................................................................
**
** This routine will automatically close any cursors, lists, and/or
** sorters that were left open.  It also deletes the values of
** variables in the aVar[] array.
*/
static void Cleanup(Vdbe *p){
  int i;
  if( p->aStack ){
    releaseMemArray(p->aStack, 1 + (p->pTos - p->aStack));
    p->pTos = &p->aStack[-1];
  }
  closeAllCursorsExceptActiveVtabs(p);
  releaseMemArray(&p->aMem[1], p->nMem);
  sqlite3VdbeFifoClear(&p->sFifo);
  if( p->contextStack ){
    for(i=0; i<p->contextStackTop; i++){
      sqlite3VdbeFifoClear(&p->contextStack[i].sFifo);
    }
................................................................................

  /* Reclaim all memory used by the VDBE
  */
  Cleanup(p);

  /* Save profiling information from this VDBE run.
  */
  assert( p->pTos<&p->aStack[p->pc<0?0:p->pc] || !p->aStack );
#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
  {
    FILE *out = fopen("vdbe_profile.out", "a");
    if( out ){
      int i;
      fprintf(out, "---- ");
      for(i=0; i<p->nOp; i++){
................................................................................
      sqlite3_free(pOp->zComment);
#endif     
    }
    sqlite3_free(p->aOp);
  }
  releaseMemArray(p->aVar, p->nVar);
  sqlite3_free(p->aLabel);

  sqlite3_free(p->aStack);

  releaseMemArray(p->aColName, p->nResColumn*COLNAME_N);
  sqlite3_free(p->aColName);
  sqlite3_free(p->zSql);
  p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_DEAD;
  sqlite3_free(p);
}








|
|
|







<
<
<













|


<







 







<
<
<










<







 







|











>
>
>
>
>







>






|
|


<
|
<
<













<







 







<







 







|
|
<
<
<
<
<
<

|

<
|


<
|
<
>

|
<
<
>

>

<



|












<
<
<
<
<
|



|
<
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>





<







 







<
<
<
<







 







<







 







>
|
>







229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245



246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261

262
263
264
265
266
267
268
...
290
291
292
293
294
295
296



297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306

307
308
309
310
311
312
313
...
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768

769


770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782

783
784
785
786
787
788
789
...
836
837
838
839
840
841
842

843
844
845
846
847
848
849
...
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932






933
934
935

936
937
938

939

940
941
942


943
944
945
946

947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962





963
964
965
966
967

968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980

981
982
983
984
985
986
987
....
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052




1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
....
1641
1642
1643
1644
1645
1646
1647

1648
1649
1650
1651
1652
1653
1654
....
1731
1732
1733
1734
1735
1736
1737
1738
1739
1740
1741
1742
1743
1744
1745
1746
1747
  assert( j>=0 && j<p->nLabel );
  if( p->aLabel ){
    p->aLabel[j] = p->nOp;
  }
}

/*
** Loop through the program looking for P2 values that are negative
** on jump instructions.  Each such value is a label.  Resolve the
** label by setting the P2 value to its correct non-zero value.
**
** This routine is called once after all opcodes have been inserted.
**
** Variable *pMaxFuncArgs is set to the maximum value of any P2 argument 
** to an OP_Function, OP_AggStep or OP_VFilter opcode. This is used by 
** sqlite3VdbeMakeReady() to size the Vdbe.apArg[] array.
**



** This routine also does the following optimization:  It scans for
** instructions that might cause a statement rollback.  Such instructions
** are:
**
**   *  OP_Halt with P1=SQLITE_CONSTRAINT and P2=OE_Abort.
**   *  OP_Destroy
**   *  OP_VUpdate
**   *  OP_VRename
**
** If no such instruction is found, then every Statement instruction 
** is changed to a Noop.  In this way, we avoid creating the statement 
** journal file unnecessarily.
*/
static void resolveP2Values(Vdbe *p, int *pMaxFuncArgs){
  int i;
  int nMaxArgs = 0;

  Op *pOp;
  int *aLabel = p->aLabel;
  int doesStatementRollback = 0;
  int hasStatementBegin = 0;
  for(pOp=p->aOp, i=p->nOp-1; i>=0; i--, pOp++){
    u8 opcode = pOp->opcode;

................................................................................
      int n;
      assert( p->nOp - i >= 3 );
      assert( pOp[-1].opcode==OP_Integer );
      n = pOp[-1].p1;
      if( n>nMaxArgs ) nMaxArgs = n;
#endif
    }




    if( sqlite3VdbeOpcodeHasProperty(opcode, OPFLG_JUMP) && pOp->p2<0 ){
      assert( -1-pOp->p2<p->nLabel );
      pOp->p2 = aLabel[-1-pOp->p2];
    }
  }
  sqlite3_free(p->aLabel);
  p->aLabel = 0;

  *pMaxFuncArgs = nMaxArgs;


  /* If we never rollback a statement transaction, then statement
  ** transactions are not needed.  So change every OP_Statement
  ** opcode into an OP_Noop.  This avoid a call to sqlite3OsOpenExclusive()
  ** which can be expensive on some platforms.
  */
  if( hasStatementBegin && !doesStatementRollback ){
................................................................................
/*
** Release an array of N Mem elements
*/
static void releaseMemArray(Mem *p, int N){
  if( p ){
    while( N-->0 ){
      assert( N<2 || p[0].db==p[1].db );
      sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(p++);
    }
  }
}

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
/*
** Give a listing of the program in the virtual machine.
**
** The interface is the same as sqlite3VdbeExec().  But instead of
** running the code, it invokes the callback once for each instruction.
** This feature is used to implement "EXPLAIN".
**
** When p->explain==1, each instruction is listed.  When
** p->explain==2, only OP_Explain instructions are listed and these
** are shown in a different format.  p->explain==2 is used to implement
** EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN.
*/
int sqlite3VdbeList(
  Vdbe *p                   /* The VDBE */
){
  sqlite3 *db = p->db;
  int i;
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  Mem *pMem = p->pResultSet = &p->aMem[1];

  assert( p->explain );
  if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN ) return SQLITE_MISUSE;
  assert( db->magic==SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY );
  assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || p->rc==SQLITE_BUSY );

  /* Even though this opcode does not use dynamic strings for
  ** the result, result columns may become dynamic if the user calls
  ** sqlite3_column_text16(), causing a translation to UTF-16 encoding.
  */

  releaseMemArray(pMem, p->nMem);



  do{
    i = p->pc++;
  }while( i<p->nOp && p->explain==2 && p->aOp[i].opcode!=OP_Explain );
  if( i>=p->nOp ){
    p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
    rc = SQLITE_DONE;
  }else if( db->u1.isInterrupted ){
    p->rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT;
    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, sqlite3ErrStr(p->rc), (char*)0);
  }else{
    Op *pOp = &p->aOp[i];

    if( p->explain==1 ){
      pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
      pMem->type = SQLITE_INTEGER;
      pMem->u.i = i;                                /* Program counter */
      pMem++;
  
      pMem->flags = MEM_Static|MEM_Str|MEM_Term;
................................................................................
        pMem->n = strlen(pMem->z);
        pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
      }
#endif
    }

    p->nResColumn = 8 - 5*(p->explain-1);

    p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
    rc = SQLITE_ROW;
  }
  return rc;
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN */

................................................................................
  /* Set the magic to VDBE_MAGIC_RUN sooner rather than later. This
   * is because the call to resizeOpArray() below may shrink the
   * p->aOp[] array to save memory if called when in VDBE_MAGIC_RUN 
   * state.
   */
  p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_RUN;

  /*
  ** Allocation space for registers.






  */
  if( p->aMem==0 ){
    int nArg;       /* Maximum number of args passed to a user function. */

    resolveP2Values(p, &nArg);
    resizeOpArray(p, p->nOp);
    assert( nVar>=0 );

    if( isExplain && nMem<10 ){

      p->nMem = nMem = 10;
    }
    p->aMem = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db,


        nMem*sizeof(Mem)               /* aMem */
      + nVar*sizeof(Mem)               /* aVar */
      + nArg*sizeof(Mem*)              /* apArg */
      + nVar*sizeof(char*)             /* azVar */

      + nCursor*sizeof(Cursor*) + 1    /* apCsr */
    );
    if( !db->mallocFailed ){
      p->aMem--;             /* aMem[] goes from 1..nMem */
      p->nMem = nMem;        /*       not from 0..nMem-1 */
      p->aVar = &p->aMem[nMem+1];
      p->nVar = nVar;
      p->okVar = 0;
      p->apArg = (Mem**)&p->aVar[nVar];
      p->azVar = (char**)&p->apArg[nArg];
      p->apCsr = (Cursor**)&p->azVar[nVar];
      p->nCursor = nCursor;
      for(n=0; n<nVar; n++){
        p->aVar[n].flags = MEM_Null;
        p->aVar[n].db = db;
      }





      for(n=1; n<=nMem; n++){
        p->aMem[n].flags = MEM_Null;
        p->aMem[n].db = db;
      }
    }

  }
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  for(n=1; n<p->nMem; n++){
    assert( p->aMem[n].db==db );
    assert( p->aMem[n].flags==MEM_Null );
  }
#endif

  p->pc = -1;
  p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
  p->uniqueCnt = 0;
  p->returnDepth = 0;
  p->errorAction = OE_Abort;

  p->explain |= isExplain;
  p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_RUN;
  p->nChange = 0;
  p->cacheCtr = 1;
  p->minWriteFileFormat = 255;
  p->openedStatement = 0;
#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
................................................................................
**
** This routine will automatically close any cursors, lists, and/or
** sorters that were left open.  It also deletes the values of
** variables in the aVar[] array.
*/
static void Cleanup(Vdbe *p){
  int i;




  closeAllCursorsExceptActiveVtabs(p);
  releaseMemArray(&p->aMem[1], p->nMem);
  sqlite3VdbeFifoClear(&p->sFifo);
  if( p->contextStack ){
    for(i=0; i<p->contextStackTop; i++){
      sqlite3VdbeFifoClear(&p->contextStack[i].sFifo);
    }
................................................................................

  /* Reclaim all memory used by the VDBE
  */
  Cleanup(p);

  /* Save profiling information from this VDBE run.
  */

#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
  {
    FILE *out = fopen("vdbe_profile.out", "a");
    if( out ){
      int i;
      fprintf(out, "---- ");
      for(i=0; i<p->nOp; i++){
................................................................................
      sqlite3_free(pOp->zComment);
#endif     
    }
    sqlite3_free(p->aOp);
  }
  releaseMemArray(p->aVar, p->nVar);
  sqlite3_free(p->aLabel);
  if( p->aMem ){
    sqlite3_free(&p->aMem[1]);
  }
  releaseMemArray(p->aColName, p->nResColumn*COLNAME_N);
  sqlite3_free(p->aColName);
  sqlite3_free(p->zSql);
  p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_DEAD;
  sqlite3_free(p);
}

Changes to src/vtab.c.

7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
...
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains code used to help implement virtual tables.
**
** $Id: vtab.c,v 1.61 2008/01/12 12:48:08 drh Exp $
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
#include "sqliteInt.h"

static int createModule(
  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database in which module is registered */
  const char *zName,              /* Name assigned to this module */
................................................................................
      pTab->zName,
      pTab->zName,
      zStmt,
      pParse->regRowid
    );
    sqlite3_free(zStmt);
    v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
    sqlite3ChangeCookie(db, v, iDb);

    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Expire, 0, 0);
    zWhere = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "name='%q'", pTab->zName);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_ParseSchema, iDb, 1, 0, zWhere, P4_DYNAMIC);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VCreate, iDb, 0, 0, 
                         pTab->zName, strlen(pTab->zName) + 1);
  }







|







 







|







7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
...
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains code used to help implement virtual tables.
**
** $Id: vtab.c,v 1.62 2008/01/17 16:22:15 drh Exp $
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
#include "sqliteInt.h"

static int createModule(
  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database in which module is registered */
  const char *zName,              /* Name assigned to this module */
................................................................................
      pTab->zName,
      pTab->zName,
      zStmt,
      pParse->regRowid
    );
    sqlite3_free(zStmt);
    v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
    sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);

    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Expire, 0, 0);
    zWhere = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "name='%q'", pTab->zName);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_ParseSchema, iDb, 1, 0, zWhere, P4_DYNAMIC);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VCreate, iDb, 0, 0, 
                         pTab->zName, strlen(pTab->zName) + 1);
  }

Changes to src/where.c.

12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
....
2643
2644
2645
2646
2647
2648
2649
2650
2651
2652
2653
2654
2655
2656
2657
** This module contains C code that generates VDBE code used to process
** the WHERE clause of SQL statements.  This module is reponsible for
** generating the code that loops through a table looking for applicable
** rows.  Indices are selected and used to speed the search when doing
** so is applicable.  Because this module is responsible for selecting
** indices, you might also think of this module as the "query optimizer".
**
** $Id: where.c,v 1.282 2008/01/17 02:36:28 drh Exp $
*/
#include "sqliteInt.h"

/*
** The number of bits in a Bitmask.  "BMS" means "BitMask Size".
*/
#define BMS  (sizeof(Bitmask)*8)
................................................................................
      assert( omitTable==0 );
      assert( bRev==0 );
      pLevel->op = OP_Next;
      pLevel->p1 = iCur;
      pLevel->p2 = 1 + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iCur, brk);
    }
    notReady &= ~getMask(&maskSet, iCur);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_StackDepth, -1, 0);

    /* Insert code to test every subexpression that can be completely
    ** computed using the current set of tables.
    */
    for(pTerm=wc.a, j=wc.nTerm; j>0; j--, pTerm++){
      Expr *pE;
      if( pTerm->flags & (TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_CODED) ) continue;







|







 







<







12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
....
2643
2644
2645
2646
2647
2648
2649

2650
2651
2652
2653
2654
2655
2656
** This module contains C code that generates VDBE code used to process
** the WHERE clause of SQL statements.  This module is reponsible for
** generating the code that loops through a table looking for applicable
** rows.  Indices are selected and used to speed the search when doing
** so is applicable.  Because this module is responsible for selecting
** indices, you might also think of this module as the "query optimizer".
**
** $Id: where.c,v 1.283 2008/01/17 16:22:15 drh Exp $
*/
#include "sqliteInt.h"

/*
** The number of bits in a Bitmask.  "BMS" means "BitMask Size".
*/
#define BMS  (sizeof(Bitmask)*8)
................................................................................
      assert( omitTable==0 );
      assert( bRev==0 );
      pLevel->op = OP_Next;
      pLevel->p1 = iCur;
      pLevel->p2 = 1 + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iCur, brk);
    }
    notReady &= ~getMask(&maskSet, iCur);


    /* Insert code to test every subexpression that can be completely
    ** computed using the current set of tables.
    */
    for(pTerm=wc.a, j=wc.nTerm; j>0; j--, pTerm++){
      Expr *pE;
      if( pTerm->flags & (TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_CODED) ) continue;

Changes to test/in3.test.

9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
...
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
#
#***********************************************************************
# This file tests the optimisations made in November 2007 of expressions 
# of the following form:
#
#     <value> IN (SELECT <column> FROM <table>)
#
# $Id: in3.test,v 1.2 2007/12/10 05:03:48 danielk1977 Exp $

set testdir [file dirname $argv0]
source $testdir/tester.tcl

ifcapable !subquery {
  finish_test
  return
................................................................................
  exec_neph { SELECT b FROM t3 WHERE b IN (SELECT b FROM t3) }
} {0 none numeric real text}
do_test in3-4.6 {
  execsql { DROP INDEX t3_i2 }
} {}

finish_test








|







 







<
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
...
262
263
264
265
266
267
268

#
#***********************************************************************
# This file tests the optimisations made in November 2007 of expressions 
# of the following form:
#
#     <value> IN (SELECT <column> FROM <table>)
#
# $Id: in3.test,v 1.3 2008/01/17 16:22:16 drh Exp $

set testdir [file dirname $argv0]
source $testdir/tester.tcl

ifcapable !subquery {
  finish_test
  return
................................................................................
  exec_neph { SELECT b FROM t3 WHERE b IN (SELECT b FROM t3) }
} {0 none numeric real text}
do_test in3-4.6 {
  execsql { DROP INDEX t3_i2 }
} {}

finish_test